Quarterlytics / Technology / Information Technology Services / Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

arbb · LSE Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker arbb
Exchange LSE
Sector Technology
Industry Information Technology Services
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ARBUTHNOT BANKING GROUP PLC

Annual Report & Accounts 2018

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Report & Accounts 2018

The importance of history  
and Sun Tzu

The importance of previous experience cannot be 
overstated. “Those who are not willing to learn from 
history are doomed to repeat the mistakes of previous 
generations.” 

A good place to start, therefore, is with the famous 
Chinese General, Sun Tzu and his writings in  
“The Art of War” c. 2500 years ago. He established 
some basic truths such as:

“He whose ranks are united in purpose will be 

victorious.”

“The commander will surely choose those who  

are most fortunate.”

“The traits of a true commander are: courage,  

wisdom, humanity and integrity.”

Origins of Arbuthnot Latham

George Arbuthnot (1772 – 1843) was a son of the 
Edinburgh banker Robert Arbuthnot. He started in 
1803 as a partner in Latour & Co. in Madras (today 
Chennai), Southern India. Latour & Co. had been 
set up in 1780 by Count Francis Joseph Louis Latour 
de Quercy, who died in 1808. In 1807 Latour & Co. 
became Arbuthnot & Co. and George Arbuthnot 
became the leading partner until he retired in 1824.  
In his farewell letter to the partners he said: 

“…not only give the constituent (client) the assurance 

that his money is safe, but also give him the feeling that 
he is benefitting himself by dealing with the House.” 

In 1826 John Alves Arbuthnot started as a clerk at 
Arbuthnot & Co. and in 1831 became a partner.  
He married the daughter of George Arbuthnot.  
Upon his return to London he established, together 
with Alfred Latham, the trading house Arbuthnot & 
Latham on 13 March 1833. 

(For more details, read the book: Arbuthnot Latham 
1833 – 2013 by David Lascelles)

Strategic Report – Business Review

Strategic Report – Financial Review

Business Overview

Financial Highlights

Chairman’s Statement

Corporate Philosophy

1 
2 
3 
4 
8 
12 
20  Board of Directors
22  Group Directors’ Report
25  Corporate Governance
31  Remuneration Report
33 

Independent Auditor’s Report

44  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
45  Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
46  Company Statement of Financial Position
47  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
49  Company Statement of Changes in Equity
50  Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
51  Company Statement of Cash Flows
52  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
128  Five Year Summary
129  Notice of Annual General Meeting
132  Corporate Contacts & Advisers

1

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

The Seven Principles

Ever since George Arbuthnot first gave guidance about corporate behaviour, it has been 
the culture of Arbuthnot to follow his advice. The Seven Principles summarise Arbuthnot’s 
corporate philosophy and ethics. 

During the 186 year history of serving its customers, Arbuthnot has proven its ability to 
adopt and grow by applying such principles with pragmatism and common sense.

1.  Arbuthnot serves its shareholders,  

3.  Arbuthnot is independent, and  

its customers and its employees with 
integrity and high ethical standards. 
This is demonstrated in a progressive 
dividend policy, in fair pricing and 
in pay for performance.

2.  Arbuthnot attaches great importance 
to good relations with customers 
and business partners, and treating 
them fairly and promptly. 
Arbuthnot believes in reciprocity.

profit and growth oriented while 
maintaining a controlled risk profile.

4.  Arbuthnot’s business is conducted  
in an innovative, flexible and 
entrepreneurial manner, with an 
opportunistic and counter-cyclical 
attitude.

5.  Arbuthnot’s approach is based on 
diversification to spread the risk, a 
long-term view to further growth, 
empowerment of management and  
a culture of rewards for achievements  
to engender loyalty. 

6.  Arbuthnot does not sacrifice long term 
prospects for short term gains – nor 
sacrifice stability for quick profits, and 
it will never put the whole company  
at risk.

7.  Ultimately, the success of Arbuthnot 

depends on the teamwork, 
commitment, and performance of  
its employees, combined with the 
determination to win.

The continued application of these principles will allow the business to pursue growth in a 
controlled manner, providing a high quality service to its customers, whilst delivering good 
returns to shareholders and securing the well-being of its employees.  
To this end, an inclusive and balanced work environment will provide a rewarding  
as well as challenging multiformity.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

27 March 2019

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20182

Business  
Overview

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Arbuthnot Latham provides a high quality private 
banking and wealth management service, consisting  
of three core elements: 

Arbuthnot Latham provides a bespoke commercial 
banking service which includes:

Private  
Banking

Comprises current accounts, deposit 
accounts, loans, overdrafts and foreign 
exchange. Each client deals with a 
dedicated Private Banker who is key  
to providing an individual service.

Financial 
Planning

Built on long-term relationships  
and bespoke financial strategies. 
The service is independent and fee,  
not commission based.

Investment 
Management

Comprises asset management, 
developing tailored investment 
strategies to ensure that each client’s 
specific investment objectives are met.

Banking

Property  
Finance

Other  
finance

Comprising current accounts, deposits, 
overdrafts, guarantees and charge 
cards. Clients have a dedicated Banker 
who is key to managing the 
relationship.

Comprises tailored lending to enable 
funding of both property investments 
and developments.

Comprises individual secured lending 
which is designed around the needs  
of each commercial client.

Asset Finance

Provides asset finance funding in 
particular for high value and classic 
cars but also business assets.

Asset Based 
Lending

Provides finance secured on either 
invoices, assets or stock of the 
borrower. 

Specialist 
Finance

Provides short term secured lending 
solutions to professional and 
entrepreneurial property investors. 

Deposits

Provides deposit products directly to 
the retail market via a newly created 
internet platform, with rates advertised 
on the best buy tables.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018Financial  
Highlights

2018 
£68.8m

2017 
£54.6m

2016 
£41.5m

3

2018 
£7.4m

2017 
£3.2m

2016 
£1.9m

2018 
£6.8m

2017 
£2.5m

2016 
(£2.0m)

Operating income from 
continuing operations

Underlying profit before tax from 
continuing operations

Profit before tax from  
continuing operations

2018 
35.0p

2017 
33.0p

2016 
31.0p

2018 
£2.18bn

2017 
£1.85bn

2016 
£1.27bn

2018 
£178.6m

2017 
£171.7m

2016 
£179.1m

Total ordinary dividend per share

Total assets

Regulatory capital

£1.2bn  

loan book at  
December 2018 

£1.7bn  
of deposit funding at 
December 2018

£985.1m  
assets under 
management at 
December 2018

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20184

Chairman’s  
Statement

I am pleased to report that Arbuthnot Banking Group (“ABG” or “the 
Group”) has achieved a profit before tax for 2018 of £6.8m (2017: £2.5m). 
It reflects our continued deployment of capital and investment in our 
principal banking subsidiary, Arbuthnot Latham and Co., Limited  
(“AL” or the “Bank”).

We have focused on diversifying 
our revenue streams and invested 
in developing new businesses

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20185

To that end, to allow us to focus solely on managing this 
investment, Andrew Salmon and I resigned from the Board  
of Secure Trust Bank PLC in August 2018. While this was the 
right decision for the Group, it did result in us falling foul of 
the accounting rules once again. The fact that we no longer 
had significant influence in our associated company, meant 
we were required to classify our shareholding as a financial 
investment and recognise the resultant mark to market loss. 
This we have shown as discontinued operations. I always felt 
it was inappropriate that we were required to recognise this 
unrealised gain in 2016 and now feel justified as we write  
off a previous profit that we never should have been required 
to take.

As I reflect on the progress that the Group has made, I am 
encouraged that our strategy of diversification is gathering 
momentum. It must be noted that two significant market 
events took place in 2018. Firstly, the large systemic UK 
banks concluded their ring fencing process and secondly, the 
final requirement of the phasing in of the capital buffers was 
completed. Thus, almost ten years since the worst of the 
financial crisis, the largest banks are able to focus on growth 
strategies rather than internal projects or capital raising. It is 
not clear how they will build out their business, but already 
we have seen an increase in liquidity in the mortgage sector, 
as the ring fenced banks work to deploy this “trapped 
funding”. However, we remain steadfast in our philosophy  
of not chasing lending volumes by lowering our returns or 
taking excessive credit risk.

I am confident that clients will still want to receive a 
personalised service and specialist banks will therefore 
continue to play a significant role in providing bespoke 
funding, services and advice to a market that can’t be mass 
processed through automated credit models and algorithms. 
What is clear to me, is that not relying on generating income 
from a single market sector, will be important. This is why  
we have focused on diversifying our revenue streams and 
invested in developing new businesses.

Accordingly, I am pleased to see the progress that our new 
ventures have made in 2018. Renaissance Asset Finance 
(“RAF”) has grown its lending balances by 21%. Arbuthnot 
Asset Based Lending (“ABL”) commenced trading in May 2018 
ahead of plan and has already issued facilities to the value of 
£43m and has drawn balances of £25m. This business has 
also carried its momentum into the new year. In January ABL 
issued a further £29m of facilities, being an increase of more 
than 50% on the December balance.

The Specialist Finance team joined us in August 2018 and 
began setting up the infrastructure and operations required  
to commence trading. This is largely completed now and  
they have begun a soft launch. Their first loan received  
Credit Committee approval in February 2019.

Given our philosophy of caution when it comes to funding 
our lending, I have taken a keen interest in the development 
of our new Arbuthnot Direct deposit platform. This enables 
us to provide deposit products directly to the retail market via 
our newly created internet platform, with rates advertised on 
the best buy tables. Although we do not need to raise deposits 
via this channel, it is good to have it available, should an 
attractive opportunity arise, and it is helpful in raising funds 
of longer duration. 

Finally, I am satisfied with the progress that our core business 
has made. The Private Bank has struggled to maintain its 
momentum, but I hope by refocussing its strategies to 
concentrate on sourcing and nurturing new relationships  
with criteria clients, this should bring good future growth. 
The Commercial Bank has continued to build out both sides 
of the balance sheet, increasing its loan balances by 45%, 
while at the same time remaining self-funding, increasing 
deposits by £258m. 

RBS Remedies Application

As we have previously announced, the Commercial Bank 
plans to take part in the RBS remedies process. We have 
already been selected as one of eleven banks accepted into the 
Incentivised Switching Scheme (“ISS”), where RBS customers 
are incentivised to join another bank. Additionally, AL will  
be submitting its application for a grant from the Capabilities 
and Innovation Fund. We are confident that as a well-
established bank with a 186 year history of serving our 
clients, with high quality products and a tailored relationship-
led service, we are a strong candidate for the grant we are 
seeking.

We have a proven track record of building successful 
businesses which meet customer needs in the sectors in which 
they operate. Our Commercial Bank launched in 2016 and 
already has customer loan balances of £443m at the year end. 
Success with our application for a grant from the Capability 
and Innovation Fund would enable us to bring our 
differentiated, private banking style relationship banking 
offer to a wider range of sectors than we are currently able to 
service, and to offer a more complete banking service to our 
clients across the country.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20186

Chairman’s  
Statement continued

We are also delighted to be working closely with Oracle as 
part of the application process, as we recognise that to service 
our clients to the highest standards, complementary digital 
solutions are a prerequisite if we are to provide real 
competition to this under-served market. We have forged  
a strong and efficient working partnership with Oracle,  
who are the providers of our core banking technology.  
They have been helpful in identifying innovations in the 
global Commercial Banking industry and plan to deliver  
them to the UK Market via our bid.

except they will not have the right to vote in shareholder 
meetings. As a Board and Company we believe that the 
current control structure, has enabled the business to take 
long term investment decisions and sometimes develop 
contrarian strategies, like ceasing to lend in the height of the 
financial boom of the mid 2000s. This strategy paid off when 
we were able to take full advantage of the opportunities that 
came our way following the financial crisis, in particular, 
being able to buy Everyday Loans for £1 in 2012 and then 
selling it for a profit of £117m in 2016.

If we are successful in this bid process, we will bring  
forward our plans for further developing our Commercial 
Banking platform, with the grant money accelerating our 
transformation of the Bank.

Non-voting Shares 

In 2016 we asked shareholders to approve, at the AGM,  
a number of resolutions to enable us to start the process  
of creating and issuing a new class of shares in Arbuthnot 
Banking Group. These new shares will rank pari passu with 
the existing ordinary shares in every way, including their  
right to receive the same dividends as ordinary shares,  

These new non-voting shares will enable us to maintain the 
control structure, but will provide us with the means to raise 
further capital, to continue to develop the business and to 
fund suitable inorganic deals should the opportunities arise. 
Thus, I am delighted to announce that we will establish these 
new shares following the AGM in May. To allow all of our 
shareholders to benefit from the new class of shares, we 
intend to offer them to existing shareholders by way of a 
bonus share issue of one new non-voting share for every  
100 ordinary shares held.

Offering a personalised  
Offering a personalised  
service in both Private and 
service in both Private and 
Commercial Banking
Commercial Banking

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20187

Outlook

The macro economic outlook has grown increasingly 
uncertain. Major economies have seen industrial output  
slow, with Germany narrowly avoiding a technical recession. 
At the same time trade conflicts may develop further and  
the impact of Brexit has yet to be reflected fully in the UK 
economy.

However, given our cautious approach to banking, I feel 
confident that our balance sheet should withstand any likely 
downturn in the economy. I am also optimistic that our new 
ventures can continue to make good progress and establish 
themselves as significant contributors to the future success  
of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC.

Looking further ahead, the UK economy might surprise us.  
It has proved to be very resilient, despite all the doom and 
gloom, and with a strong government introducing the right 
economic policies to promote business, Brexit could well 
deliver a bright future.

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman & CEO 

27 March 2019

Since this is an exploratory exercise, your Board is keen to 
keep central expenses to a minimum and therefore these new 
shares will be listed on the NEX Growth Market following 
the issue and at the same time the ordinary shares will be  
dual listed on the NEX exchange and also AIM. The NEX 
Exchange is a fully regulated Recognised Investment 
Exchange for shares in growth companies and its costs are 
significantly lower than either the main market of the London 
Stock Exchange or AIM. Further details are set out in the 
circular to shareholders enclosed with the Annual Report.

Board Changes and Personnel

Ian Henderson departed from the Board on 31 August and  
I would like to thank him for the valuable contributions he 
has made to AL. Jeremy Kaye our Company Secretary, 
decided to retire after having given 46 years of dedicated 
service to Arbuthnot. He was succeeded by Nick Jennings. 
We will miss his attention to detail that only a classical 
education can develop. I wish him well for a long and happy 
retirement. Furthermore on 8 August Paul Lynam left the 
Board. I thank him for the significant contribution he made  
in developing both Secure Trust Bank and Arbuthnot Banking 
Group.

Most importantly, I should mention that as part of our 
continued integration of the Group and the Bank, I was 
pleased to be able to appoint Andrew Salmon as CEO of 
Arbuthnot Latham in June 2018. Andrew has worked with 
me in various capacities for over 20 years. He will retain his 
Group responsibilities. He is supported by two deputies, 
James Cobb, our Group Finance Director and Stephen 
Fletcher, previously the Head of our Commercial Bank. 

Finally, the performance of the Group also reflects the hard 
work and commitment of all the members of staff. On behalf 
of the Board I extend our thanks to all of them for their 
dedicated efforts in 2018.

Dividend

The Board is proposing a final dividend of 20p, an increase  
of 1p on last year. Together with the interim dividend of 15p 
it gives a total dividend of 35p (2017:33p), which represents 
an increase of 2p on the ordinary dividend.

If approved, the dividend will be paid and the bonus share 
issue will be made on 17 May 2019 to shareholders on the 
register at close of business on 26 April 2019.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20188

Strategic Report 
Business Review

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd 

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited has reported a profit 
before tax of £14.6m (2017: £11m), which is an increase of 
33%. However, the underlying profit increased by 25%, when 
the impact of the one off adjustment to the management earn 
out liability for Renaissance Asset Finance and the investment 
made in our new business ventures are excluded.

At the time when the acquisition of RAF was completed, the 
future liability for the management earn out was estimated to 
be the maximum permitted under the sale and purchase 
agreement. This liability has now been reassessed and £2.6m 
taken back to profit. However, RAF continues to perform 
well and has increased its customer loan balances by 21%  
in 2018, even though this is below the level the management 
team had anticipated at the time of agreeing the earn out 
contract. 

Overall the Bank’s leading indicators, namely customer 
balances, showed good growth during the year. Customer 
loan balances increased by 17% and deposits grew by 23%. 
Assets under management declined by 6%, largely as a result 
of the market volatility experienced in the final quarter of the 
year, as the global markets declined by in excess of 10%.

The other important item in the profit of the Bank is the 
investment made in the new business ventures. This totalled 
£1.6m in the year and mainly represents the set up costs 
incurred by ABL and the Arbuthnot Specialist Finance 
(“ASF”) business. The ABL team commenced in January 
2018 and made good progress in establishing its operational 
processes. As a result of this and also of growing customer 
demand, the business was able to start writing business in 
May, two months earlier than planned. At the end of the year 
the business had issued customer facilities of £43m and had 
drawn balances of £25m. This business will continue to be  
a drag on earnings of the bank in 2019, but is expected to 
break even toward the end of 2019.

ASF was established in August 2018 and has grown to be a 
team of seven. This team has now also set up its operating 
systems and has entered a soft launch in 2019, with its first 
customer loan being approved by Credit Committee in 
February 2019. It will remain in build out phase during  
2019 and expects to break even in 2020.

Credit losses in the year increased to £2.7m (2017: £0.4m), 
which equates to 22 basis points of the year end customer 
loan balances. This loss rate remains within our accepted 
range. However, the increase in reported losses is due to 

Private Banking
Provides full service banking and 
dedicated Wealth Management  
to criteria clients

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 20189

several underlying factors. Firstly, the increased size of the 
loan book will lead to increased credit losses, even if the loss 
rate remains constant. Secondly, the introduction of IFRS 9 
has played a significant role in the higher impairments.  
The standard requires losses to be attributed to loans at the 
time of origination as a 12 month Expected Credit Loss 
(“ECL”) in Stage one, so a growing front book requires 
higher provision balances. Also, the definition of when loans 
are considered to be in default is clearly identified, where 
previously some element of judgement was exercised. It is 
therefore expected that, in some of the Stage three lending 
cases where provisions have been required, we will recover  
a large proportion of the amount outstanding.

Private Banking (including Dubai)

The Private Bank customer loan balances reduced by 1%  
as the competitive forces within the prime lending market 
increased during the year. It is clear that the ring fenced banks 
have been active in the mortgage markets as lending metrics 
have taken on an all too familiar picture, namely, lowering 
margins and increasing loan to value ratios. As a result, the 
Private Bank has refused to be drawn into this competition. 
Instead, we prefer to extend loans that we believe meet our 
return criteria, with volumes of loans being the resultant 

output rather than an input requirement. This can be seen 
from the loan origination volumes of the Private Bank which 
fell by 9% during 2018.

Throughout 2018 customer deposits in the Private Bank 
increased by 9% to close the year at £1,041m (2017: £955m). 
The Investment Management business started the year with 
funds under management of £1,044m and closed at £985m. 
The significant movements in this business saw £90m of gross 
inflows of new money, which was largely offset by transfers 
out. The market turbulence of the final quarter saw the funds 
being marked down by £79m, offsetting the gains made in  
the early part of the year to leave the net performance a fall 
of £25m. 

During the year the management structure in the Private  
Bank was reorganised. Given the competition in the lending 
markets the Private Bank has been realigned to focus on 
growing the Wealth Management sector of the Bank.  
This will re-emphasise the need to identify and establish 
banking relationships with criteria clients. Over time, this 
should increase the flow of customer balances into deposits, 
investment management and also provide wealth planning 
opportunities.

2018 
£68.4m

2017 
£54.9m

2018 
£6.8m

2017 
£3.9m

2018 
£57.8m

2017 
£47.4m

2018 
£14.6m

2017 
£11.0m

2018 
£1,224.7m

2017 
£1,049.3m

Operating income

Other income

Operating expenses

Profit before tax  
(before Group  
recharges)

Customer loans

2018 
£1,714.3m

2017 
£1,390.8m

2018 
£2,172.5m

2017 
£1,783.7m

2018 
£985.1m

2017 
£1,044.3m

2018 
4.7%

2017 
4.5%

2018 
71. 4%

2017 
75.4%

Customer deposits

Total assets

Assets under  
management

Average net margin

Loan to deposit ratio

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201810

Strategic Report 
Business Review continued

Commercial Bank

Renaissance Asset Finance

RAF continued to perform well during the year. Customer 
balances increased by 21% to close the year at £86m and 
written volumes saw growth of 59% to reach £56m.

The salesforce of the business was reinforced during the year 
and spent time re-engaging in some of the specialist broker 
markets. In particular the business wrote deals to finance 
drainage tankers; these are larger and long term finance  
deals which should help to extend the term duration of the 
lending book.

The business also had some success in cross selling its 
products to the Private Bank network. In particular, the 
higher value and vintage car finance has proved popular.

The Commercial Bank continued to trade well during the 
year. Customer loan balances increased by £138m to close  
the year at £443m, a growth rate of 45%. Additionally, the 
Commercial Bank remained self-funding and was able to 
increase its customer deposits by £258m, an increase of 84%, 
to reach a year end balance of £567m. However, as noted in 
the 2017 Annual Report and Accounts, the Commercial Bank 
has targeted a higher return on its lending performance and 
has therefore accepted a lower flow of business, which 
resulted in lower volumes of business being completed. 
Lending volumes fell by 12% to £190m as compared to 
2017, which generated volumes of £217m.

The Commercial Bank has continued to develop its 
transactional proposition and to that effect has been accepted 
into the RBS remedies Incentivised Switching Scheme and will 
be submitting a bid to the Capabilities and Innovation fund 
for a mid-tier grant. If successful, the Commercial Bank will 
continue to develop its SME offering while maintaining a 
personalised service. This along with technology powered by 
our partner Oracle, should prove to be successful in the SME 
banking market.

Commercial Banking
The bank continues to develop its 
highly focussed SME offering whilst 
maintaining a personalised service

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201811

Finally, the Arbuthnot Real Estate Fund which was 
established in 2017, continued its exploratory work of 
identifying the sector of the investment market that will be 
the most suitable to receive the marketing of the funds 
products. Progress has been slow and a decision on the future 
viability of this fund will be concluded in the first half of 
2019. Regardless of the outcome of this review, the ongoing 
net cost of the fund was neutral in 2018.

New Ventures

During the year the Bank began developing four new lines  
of business.

Firstly, we launched the Asset Based Lending business  
which provides finance secured on either invoices, assets or 
stock of the borrower. This business is performing ahead of 
expectations with issued facilities of £43m at the year end 
and drawn loan balances of £25m. The investment made  
in this business totalled £0.9m net of revenues earned in  
the year.

Secondly, the Specialist Finance business, which provides 
short term secured lending solutions to professional and 
entrepreneurial property investors, commenced in August 
2018, and after having set up the business platform has  
now entered a soft launch phase. The business cost £0.3m 
during 2018.

Thirdly, the Arbuthnot Direct deposits platform was 
developed during the year at a cost of £0.2m. This business 
will enable us to provide deposit products directly to the 
retail market via a newly created internet platform, with  
rates advertised on the best buy tables.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201812

Strategic Report 
Financial Review

Arbuthnot Banking Group adopts a pragmatic approach to risk taking and 
seeks to maximise long term revenues and returns. Given its relative size,  
it is nimble and able to remain entrepreneurial and capable to taking 
advantage of favourable market opportunities when they arise.

The Group provides a range of financial services to clients and 
customers in its chosen markets of Private and Commercial 
Banking and Specialist Lending. The Group’s revenues are 
derived from a combination of net interest income from 
lending, deposit taking and treasury activities, fees for services 
provided and commission earned on the sale of financial 
instruments and products. The Group also earns rental income 
on its investment property and receive dividends from financial 
investments.

The Group has reported a profit before tax on continuing 
operations of £6.8m (2017: £2.5m). This is an increase on  
the prior year of 172%. The underlying profit before tax  
was £7.4m (2017: £3.2m), an increase of 131%.

This reflects the progress being made in the core banking 
business as the surplus capital held by the Group continues  

to be deployed. However, once again the reported results 
contain certain one off items that need explanation.

Firstly, the results contain an adjustment to the predicted 
future liability for the amount payable to the RAF 
management team. At the time of the acquisition, we 
anticipated that the business performance of RAF would  
be such that the maximum amount payable of £6.5m would 
be achieved in the earn out period which ends in 2020.  
While the business continues to perform robustly, increasing 
its customer loan balances by 21% in the year, this will not  
be sufficient to attain the levels forecast in the earn out 
agreement. Accordingly, the liability has been reduced by 
£2.6m and the corresponding amount recorded as a one  
off profit in the Income Statement.

Highlights
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers
Profit before tax from continuing 
operations
Income tax expense
Profit after tax from continuing operations
(Loss)/Profit from discontinued operations 
after tax

(Loss)/Profit for the year

Basic earnings per share (pence)  
- Continuing operations
Basic earnings per share (pence)  
- Discontinued operations

2018
£000

2017
£000

55,183
12,722
67,905
6,588
(64,982)
(2,731)

41,093
13,523
54,616
3,033
(54,721)
(394)

6,780

2,534

(1,121)
5,659
(25,692)

(20,033)

38.0

(448)
2,086
4,437

6,523

14.0

(172.5)

29.9

Basic earnings per share (pence)

(134.5)

43.9

Underlying profit reconciliation

31 December 2018

Profit before tax from 
continuing operations
AL cost of establishing  
new ventures
STB dividend income full year  
at current shareholding
RAF deferred  
consideration adjustment

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group 
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

14,574 (7,794)

6,780

1,579

 – 

1,000

641

1,579

1,641

(2,584)

 – 

(2,584)

Underlying profit

14,569 (7,153)

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence) 
- Continuing operations

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

7,416

40.3

(132.3)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201813

Secondly, during the year Sir Henry Angest and Andrew 
Salmon resigned their positions on the board of Secure Trust 
Bank PLC (“STB”) and the Group has no right to appoint 
any directors to the STB board in the future. As a result of 
this the Group was deemed to no longer have significant 
influence over the associated company and thus the 
shareholding is now recognised as a financial investment.  
This required the investment to be marked to market. Given 
the decline in the share price of STB over the previous years, 
this assessment resulted in a mark to market loss of £28.7m. 
The loss was reflected as a discontinued activity, partly offset 
by the year to date income earned from the associate.

Given this accounting requirement, the dividend paid on this 
investment in the first half of the year, prior to the change in 
treatment, was not recorded in the profit and loss account, 
but will be going forward.

Finally, the Group continued its policy of diversification  
and further developed new businesses that have now started 
trading. The investment in Asset Based Lending, Specialist 
Finance and Arbuthnot Direct lowered the reported profits  
by £1.6m as the start-up costs of new staff and operating 
systems was absorbed by the profit of the Group.  

These businesses should move toward a breakeven point in 
2019 or early 2020 and then reach profitability in 2021.

The Group has negative total Basic Earnings per share (“EPS”) 
of 134.5p (2017: positive 43.9p), including the mark to 
market loss arising on the de-recognition of the associated 
company. Adjusting for this, the continuing EPS is 38.0p 
(2017: 14.0p), an increase of 171% or on an underlying  
basis the continuing EPS is 40.3p (2017: 17.6p), an increase 
of 129%.

Total operating income earned by the Group increased by 
26%, largely due to the increased levels of customer loan 
balances as the capital deployment continued. The net margin 
of this lending was 4.7% (2017: 4.5%) as declines in the core 
bank margins of 4.1% (2017: 4.4%) were offset by the higher 
margins earned by the new lending businesses, which has 
become proportionally more significant to the overall results. 
Fees and commissions declined due to the lower levels of 
Assets Under Management resulting from the global market 
volatility, particularly in the second half of 2018. Also, wealth 
planning advisory fees were lower as the wealth management 
proposition was realigned.

Underlying profit reconciliation

Balance Sheet Strength
Summarised Balance Sheet

31 December 2017

Profit before tax from 
continuing operations
AL investment in  
operating systems
AL acquisition costs
RAF - full year  
equivalent income*

Underlying profit

Arbuthnot
Latham & Co.
£000

Group  
Centre  
£000

Arbuthnot
Banking Group
£000

10,959 (8,425)

2,534

78

108
466

 – 

 – 
 – 

11,611

(8,425)

Assets
Loans and advances to customers
Liquid assets
Other assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Customer deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity

78

108
466

3,186

17.6

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence) 
- Continuing operations

Underlying basic earnings per share (pence)

47.5

Total equity and liabilities

*    RAF profit contribution adjustment as if received from 1 January 2017 
and not as currently included from 28 April 2017 (pro forma basis).

2018
£000

2017
£000

1,224,656
802,189
148,328

1,049,269
610,799
193,164

2,175,173

1,853,232

1,714,286
264,931
1,979,217
195,956

1,390,781
226,076
1,616,857
236,375

2,175,173

1,853,232

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
14

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

The Group’s expense base increased by 20% as the cost of the 
new businesses were absorbed along with natural inflationary 
increases and further growth in the core banking proposition. 
The net increase in growth of income and expenses resulted  
in positive operating leverage or “Jaws” of 6%.

Impairment losses increased to £2.7m (2017: £0.4m), with 
the previous loss rate of 4 basis points increasing to 22 basis 
points. The increase in the loss rate was largely as a result of 
the introduction of the IFRS 9 accounting standard during the 
year. This has three changes, which will affect the results on 
an ongoing basis.

Firstly, the growth of the front book (Stage 1) requires 
provisions to be made on newly originated loans regardless  
of their performance, hence a growing loan book will require 
higher provisions.

Secondly, the standard requires future economic scenarios to 
be modelled and the result of these “stress tests” need to be 
factored into the resultant provisions.

Finally, the old accounting rules allowed for loans to be 
deemed “non accrual” whereby interest ceased to be 
accounted for on underperforming loans. Now we are 
required to gross up the accounting by continuing to record 
interest on these loans and at the same time increasing the 
offsetting provisions. This will result in higher impairment 
losses but no overall change to net income. 

Overall the return on equity on a continuing basis for the 
Group was 3.0% (2017: 1.1%), which continues to be 
distorted by the surplus capital. This return when calculated 
on the capital required is 5.6 (2017: 4.2%).

This remains below target levels as the Group continues to 
develop operational scale. However, given the final increase  
in the capital conservation buffer on 1 January 2019,  
the total capital requirements (including the countercyclical 
buffer) now stand at levels 44% higher than 3 years ago. 
Thus, the ROE percentage target is now accordingly lower  
in the mid-teen range.

During the year total assets increased to £2.2bn (2017: £1.9bn), 
which was as a result of our ongoing growth of customer loan 
balances, while at the same time maintaining our conservative 
funding policy of relying only on retail deposits and targeting 
a loan to deposit ratio of between 65-75%. Included in other 
assets are the Groups investment properties which total £67m 
and are held at fair value. The most significant of these 
properties is 20 King Street which is valued at £53.3m.  
The valuation methodology is based on a discounted cash 
flow model, with the most important inputs being expected 
rentals for prime west end office space and yield values for 
similar properties. These inputs were reviewed and verified  
by leading surveyors. The methodology has used 4% as the 
yield, which is in the range of observed yields of 3.75% to 
4.15%. The yield gave the property value of £53.9m which 
was in fact £0.6m higher than the previous fair value of 
£53.3m. Given the subjective nature of the model, we have 
taken the conservative view that the valuation should remain 
unchanged. Further analysis of the methodologies and 
sensitivities that the inputs may have on the valuation can  
be found in Note 4 of the Report and Accounts.

Thus, net assets of the Group now stand at £12.83 per share 
(2017: £15.47). The decrease is attributable to the accounting 
adjustments made to derecognise the associated company 
during the year. 

Private Banking
Summarised Income Statement

Commercial Banking
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Operating expenses - indirect costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2018
£000

2017
£000

33,763
11,494
45,257
2
(15,601)
(21,891)
(1,966)

31,528
12,977
44,505
–
(14,420)
(21,848)
(308)

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Operating expenses - indirect costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2018
£000

2017
£000

16,384
914
17,298
(5,636)
(8,898)
(278)

6,720
471
7,191
(4,584)
(4,670)
–

Profit/(loss) before tax

2,486

(2,063)

Profit before tax

5,801

7,929

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
15

Segmental Analysis

Private Banking

The segmental analysis is shown in more detail in Note 44. 
The Group is organised into six operating segments as 
disclosed below:

1.  Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking 
services as well as offering financial planning and 
investment management services. This segment includes 
Dubai and the Tay mortgage portfolio.

2.  Commercial Banking – Provides bespoke commercial 
banking services and tailored secured lending against 
property investments and other assets.

3.  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value 

cars but also business assets.

4.  All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and 

central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Arbuthnot 
Commercial Asset-Based Lending, Arbuthnot Direct, 
Arbuthnot Specialist Finance, Investment properties and 
Central unallocated items).

5.  Group Centre – ABG Group Centre management.

The analysis presented below, and in the business review, is 
before any consolidation adjustments to reverse the impact  
of the intergroup operating activities and also intergroup 
recharges and is a fair reflection of the way the Directors 
manage the Group.

Private Banking reported a profit before tax of £5.8m (2017: 
£7.9m). This is a decrease of £2.1m or 27%. This decrease is 
largely attributable to increased credit provisions, which rose 
by £1.7m, partially due to the introduction of IFRS 9. 

Operating Income increased by 2% as increased competition 
in the prime loan markets caused margin compression.  
Also, volatility in the global markets resulted in reduced fee 
income from the wealth management division. Direct costs 
rose by nearly 10%, while allocated indirect costs were 
largely unchanged. The average customer yield was 4.9% 
(2017: 5.2%).

The customer loan balances of the Private Bank increased by 
£20m or 3% during the year, as the competitive forces in the 
markets left the bank unwilling to give up returns on lending 
and thus not chase loan volumes at any price.

The deposits increased to £1,041m (2017: £955m).  
The average loan to value of the private banking loans was 
52% (2017: 53%).

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Bank generated a profit before tax of £2.5m 
(2017: loss of £2.1m), an increase of £4.5m. This is due to 
the increase in operating income as the business benefited 
from a full year of income from loans that were mainly 
generated in the second half of 2017.

The increase in income was partially offset by a higher level 
of allocated or indirect costs. This is a result of the increased 
significance of the business, but also a higher level of central 
costs to oversee and control the division. The average 
customer loan yield was 4.0% (2017: 3.2%).

RAF
Summarised Income Statement

Other Divisions
Summarised Income Statement

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances

Profit before tax

2018
£000

2017
£000

5,344
137
5,481
73
(3,169)
(437)

3,154
75
3,229
–
(1,690)
(86)

1,948

1,453

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses - direct costs
Impairment losses - loans and advances  
to customers

2018
£000

163
177
340
6,683
(2,634)
(50)

2017
£000

–
–
–
3,870
(230)
–

Profit before tax

4,339

3,640

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201816

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

The customer loan book closed at £443m (2017: £305m), an 
increase of 45%, with deposits increasing by 84% to £567m.

The average loan to value of the Commercial Bank loan 
portfolio was 50% (2017: 63%).

Group & Other Costs

The Group costs reduced to £7.8m (2017: £8.4m), mainly  
due to £0.7m receipt of the interim dividend paid by STB in 
September.

RAF

IFRS 9

Renaissance Asset Finance recorded a profit before tax of 
£1.9m (2017: £1.5m). This represents an increase of £0.5m  
or 34%.

The purchase of RAF was completed on 28 April 2017.  
The 2018 results therefore include a full year for both 
operating income and direct costs. The annualised 2017 
numbers result in the comparatives being in line. An increase  
in customer loans were offset by a fall in customer yields, 
which on average for 2018 were 9.6% compared to 9.9%  
in 2017.

The customer loan balances increased by 21% to close the  
year at £86m (£71m).

Other Divisions

The aggregated profit before tax of other divisions was £4.3m 
(2017: £3.6m).

Reported within the other divisions were Investment Properties 
£1.8m (2017: £1.9m), New Ventures cost of £1.6m (2017: 
£nil) and central items, which this year contains the £2.6m 
adjustment to the RAF management earn out liability and 
rental income earned on space in our Wilson Street offices.

The provisions of IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments have been 
applied by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2018.

As a result of the implementation of IFRS 9, accounting for 
credit losses has fundamentally changed, moving from an 
“incurred” to an “expected” basis. This has required the 
development of credit loss models, which are used to estimate 
credit impairments by taking into account the composition of 
individual loan portfolios and the macro economic outlook at 
each reporting date. Also, the future economic environment 
has been “stressed” in varying scenarios to ensure the 
provisions are appropriate.

The introduction of IFRS 9 has resulted in an initial increase 
in impairment provisions and may increase volatility in the 
Group’s Income Statement in the future (see Note 2(f)).

Under new capital regulations, the impact of IFRS 9 on 
regulatory capital is being phased in over a period of five 
years. The Group has a strong capital position and the fully 
loaded impact of IFRS 9 is not considered significant.

Group Centre
Summarised Income Statement

Capital ratios

Net interest income
Subordinated loan stock interest
Operating income
Other income
Operating expenses

Loss before tax

2018
£000

2017
£000

(105)
(366)
(471)
760
(8,083)

51
(360)
(309)
160
(8,276)

(7,794)

(8,425)

Core Tier 1 capital
Deductions
Tier 1 capital after deductions
Tier 2 capital

Total capital

Core Tier 1 capital ratio (Net Core  
Tier 1 capital/Basel III Total Risk Exposure)

Total Capital Ratio (Capital/Basel III  
Total Risk Exposure)

2018
£000

2017
£000

197,942
(32,658)
165,284
13,283

236,375
(77,761)
158,614
13,104

178,567

171,718

15.9%

17.3%

17.2%

18.8%

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201817

Capital

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on 
optimising shareholder value over the long term. There is a 
clear focus on delivering organic growth and ensuring capital 
resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. 
The Board regularly reviews the capital position.

The Group’s lead regulator, the Prudential Regulation 
Authority (“PRA”), sets and monitors capital requirements 
for the Group as a whole and for the individual banking 
operations. The lead regulator adopted the Basel III capital 
requirements with effect from 1 January 2014. As a result, 
the Group’s regulatory capital requirements have been based 
on Basel III since 2014.

In accordance with the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive 
(“CRD”) and the required parameters set out in the PRA 
Handbook, the Individual Capital Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ICAAP”) is embedded in the risk management 
framework of the Group and is subject to ongoing updates 
and revisions when necessary. However, as a minimum, the 
ICAAP is updated annually as part of the business planning 
process. The ICAAP is a process that brings together the 
management framework (i.e. the policies, procedures, 
strategies, and systems that the Group has implemented to 
identify, manage and mitigate its risks) and the financial 
disciplines of business planning and capital management.  
The Group’s regulated entity is also the principal trading 
subsidiary as detailed in Note 43.

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where 
capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar I plus” 
approach to determine the level of capital the Group needs  
to hold. This method takes the Pillar I capital formula 
calculations (standardised approach for credit, market and 
operational risk) as a starting point, and then considers 
whether each of the calculations deliver a sufficient capital 
sum adequate to cover management’s anticipated risks. 
Where the Board considers that the Pillar I capital does not 
reflect the risk, an additional capital add-on in Pillar II is 
applied, as per the Total Capital Requirement (“TCR”)  
issued by the PRA.

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Tier 1 comprises mainly shareholders’ funds and revaluation 
reserves, after deducting goodwill, other intangible assets 
and a significant investment in a financial institution (STB). 
The portion of the investment representing up to 10% of 
ABG’s Tier 1 is added back to capital resources and then risk 
weighted at 250%, while anything above this 10% is 
deducted.

•  Lower Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital. 
Lower Tier 2 capital cannot exceed 50% of Tier 1 capital.

The ICAAP includes a summary of the capital required to 
mitigate the identified risks from the Group’s regulated 
activities and the amount of capital that the Group has 
available. All regulated trading entities have complied with  
all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which 
they are subject.

Risks and Uncertainties

The Group regards the monitoring and controlling of risks 
and uncertainties as a fundamental part of the management 
process. Consequently, senior management are involved in the 
development of risk management policies and in monitoring 
their application. A detailed description of the risk 
management framework and associated policies is set out  
in Note 6.

The principal risks inherent in the Group’s business are 
strategic, credit, market, liquidity, operational, cyber, 
conduct, regulatory and macroeconomic.

Strategic risk
Strategic risk is the risk that may affect the Group’s ability  
to achieve its corporate and strategic objectives. This risk is 
important to the Group as it continues its growth strategy. 
However, the Group seeks to mitigate strategic risk by 
focusing on a sustainable business model which is aligned to 
the Group’s business strategy. Also, the Board of Directors 
meets once a year to hold a two day board meeting to ensure 
that the Group’s strategy is appropriate for the market and 
economy.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to 
pay amounts in full when due. This risk exists in Arbuthnot 
Latham, which currently has a loan book of £1,225m.  
The lending portfolio in AL is extended to clients, the 
majority of which is secured against cash, property or other 
assets. Credit risk is managed through the Credit Committee 
of AL.

Market risk
Market risk arises in relation to movements in interest rates, 
currencies and equity markets. The Group’s treasury function 
operates mainly to provide a service to clients and does not 
take significant unmatched positions in any market for its 
own account. As a result, the Group’s exposure to adverse 
movements in interest rates and currencies is limited to 
interest earnings on its free cash and interest rate re-pricing 
mismatches. The Group actively monitors its exposure to 
future interest rate rises.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201818

Strategic Report 
Financial Review continued

The Group is exposed to changes in the market value of 
properties. The current carrying value of Investment Property 
is £67.1m. Any changes in the market value of the property 
will be accounted for in the Income Statement and as a  
result could have a significant impact on the profit or loss  
of the Group.

The Group has a 15.5% interest in STB. This is currently 
recorded in the Group’s balance sheet as a Financial 
Investment. The carrying value is adjusted to market value  
at each balance sheet date, according to the share price of 
STB. Any gains or losses that arise are recorded in Other 
Comprehensive Income.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group cannot meet its 
obligations as they fall due. The Group takes a conservative 
approach to managing its liquidity profile. Retail client 
deposits and drawings from the Bank of England Term 
Funding Scheme fund the Group. The loan to deposit ratio  
is maintained at a prudent level, and consequently the Group 
maintains a high level of liquidity. The AL Board annually 
approves the Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ILAAP”). The Directors model various stress 
scenarios and assess the resultant cash flows in order  
to evaluate the Group’s potential liquidity requirements.  
The Directors firmly believe that sufficient liquid assets are 
held to enable the Group to meet its liabilities in a stressed 
environment.

Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk that the Group may be exposed  
to financial losses from conducting its business. The Group is 
exposed to operational risks from its Information Technology 
and Operations platforms. There are additional internal 
controls in these processes that are designed to protect the 
Group from these risks. The Group’s overall approach to 
managing internal control and financial reporting is described 
in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report. 

Cyber risk
Cyber risk is an increasing risk that the Group is subject to 
within its operational processes. This is the risk that the 
Group is subject to some form of disruption arising from  
an interruption to its IT and data infrastructure. The Group 
regularly test the infrastructure to ensure that it remains 
robust to a range of threats, and has continuity of business 
plans in place including a disaster recovery plan.

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, 
including selling products to customers which do not meet 
their needs, failing to deal with customers’ complaints 
effectively, not meeting customers’ expectations, and 
exhibiting behaviours which do not meet market or 
regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a zero risk appetite for any unfair 
customer outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines 
and provides ongoing training to all staff. Periodic spot 
checks and internal audits are performed to ensure these 
guidelines are being followed. The Group also has insurance 
policies in place to provide some cover for any claims that 
may arise.

Regulatory risk
Regulatory risk is the risk that the Group will have 
insufficient capital resources to support the business or does 
not comply with regulatory requirements. The Group adopts 
a conservative approach to managing its capital. The Board 
approves an ICAAP annually, which includes the performance 
of stringent stress tests to ensure that capital resources are 
adequate over a three year horizon. Capital and liquidity 
ratios are regularly monitored against the Board’s approved 
risk appetite as part of the risk management framework.

Regulatory change also exists as a risk to the Group’s 
business. Notwithstanding the assessments carried out by  
the Group to manage the regulatory risk, it is not possible to 
predict how regulatory and legislative changes may alter and 
impact the business. Significant and unforeseen regulatory 
changes may reduce the Group’s competitive situation and 
lower its profitability.

Macroeconomic and competitive environment
The Group is also exposed to indirect risks that may arise 
from the macroeconomic and competitive environment.  
The economic environment is relatively stable in the UK. 
However, the international landscape is increasingly 
uncertain. The uncertain performance of the economies in the 
EU and the increasingly protectionist stance being taken by 
other major economies may have an adverse affect on the UK. 
In particular, this may cause a further softening of central 
London property prices, which may spread out further to  
the South East.

The Group monitors its exposure to future interest rate rises 
and currently has minimal lending to customers in products 
that would be directly sensitive to interest rate rises. However, 
at the current levels of interest rates, the affordability enjoyed 
by the Group’s customers is beneficial.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201819

Brexit

Given the uncertainty that exists over Brexit with the UK due 
to exit from the EU, the Group has tried to anticipate the 
risks that it may face if an economic shock arises as a result. 
It has also examined how business activities may be affected 
if free provision of services cross borders is prohibited.

The Group’s only overseas operation is in Dubai, so the vast 
majority of the Group’s income and expenditure is based in 
the UK. However, after leaving the EU we may no longer be 
able to provide financial advisory services to EU citizens in 
the EU. This amounts to an insignificant value of fees within 
the Income Statement. We have however made plans to be 
able to generate uninterrupted EU payments via the SEPA 
network. 

Analysis is ongoing with our card service providers to ensure 
that data transfers made from the UK to EU and vice versa 
are compliant with the appropriate Data Protection Rules.

Finally, there are two significant business risks that may  
arise in an economic shock. Firstly, increased credit risk as 
borrowers are unable to continue to meet their interest 
obligations as they fall due. This would be alongside a 
significant fall in the collateral values of our security held 
against the loans. The average loan to value of our lending 
book is 53.9%, so to have any material impact this fall in 
collateral values would have to be severe and prolonged.  
In our ICAAP stress test scenarios, we are able to withstand  
a property value fall of 40% over an 18 month period 
alongside a doubling of our loss rates.

The second significant asset class that would be at risk in a 
down turn would be the Investment Properties, in particular 
20 King Street. The sensitivity analysis of how a change in 
yields may affect the property values is shown in Note 4.  
Any potential reduction in confidence in the West End prime 
office market would manifest itself in a lower valuation.

James Cobb
Group Finance Director 

27 March 2019

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201820

Board 
of Directors

Sir Henry Angest

James Cobb

Andrew Salmon

Ian Dewar

Sir Christopher Meyer

Sir Alan Yarrow 

Nicholas Jennings

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201821

Sir Henry Angest 

Sir Christopher Meyer 

Appointed to the Board in December 1985. 
Sir Henry is the Chairman and Chief Executive and is also 
Chairman of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited. He gained 
extensive national and international experience as an 
executive of The Dow Chemical Company and Dow Banking 
Corporation. He was previously Chairman of Secure Trust 
Bank PLC and a Director until August 2018, Chairman of  
the Banking Committee of the London Investment Banking 
Association and a Director of the Institute of Directors.  
He is a Past Master of the Worshipful Company of 
International Bankers.

James Cobb FCA 

Joined the Board in November 2008 as Group Finance 
Director. 
He was also appointed Deputy Chief Executive of Arbuthnot 
Latham & Co., Limited in May 2018. He was previously 
Deputy Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Citigroup’s 
Global Consumer Group in Europe, Middle East and Africa 
and qualified as a Chartered Accountant with Price 
Waterhouse.

Andrew Salmon FCA 

Appointed a Director in March 2004. 
He joined the Company in 1997 as Head of Business 
Development and is also Chief Operating Officer and since 
July 2018 Chief Executive of Arbuthnot Latham & Co., 
Limited. He was a director of Secure Trust Bank PLC until 
August 2018. He was previously a director of Hambros Bank 
Limited and qualified as a Chartered Accountant with 
KPMG.

Ian Dewar FCA 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in August 2015. 
He is Chairman of the Audit Committee. He was a Partner 
for 19 years in the Financial Services Practice of KPMG from 
which he retired in 2012 after 32 years at the firm. He is a 
non-executive director of Brewin Dolphin Holdings PLC.

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in October 2007. 
He had a distinguished diplomatic career, culminating in 
1997 as Ambassador to the USA. He was previously 
Ambassador to Germany, Press Secretary to Prime Minister 
John Major and from 2003 to 2009 Chairman of the Press 
Complaints Commission. He is also on the International 
Advisory Board of British American Business Inc., 
Distinguished Fellow of the Royal United Services Institute 
and Honorary Fellow of Peterhouse, Cambridge.

Sir Alan Yarrow FCSI (Hon) 

Appointed a Non-Executive Director in June 2016. 
Sir Alan spent 37 years with Dresdner Kleinwort until 2009, 
latterly as Group Vice Chairman and Chairman of the UK 
Bank and then served as Chairman of the Chartered Institute 
for Securities & Investment until October 2018. He is 
Chairman of Turquoise Global Holdings Ltd and a director 
of Institutional Protection Services Ltd. He is also Vice 
President of the Royal Mencap Society, Independent 
Partnership Advisor to James Hambro & Partners and an 
advisor to Zeamo. Sir Alan is an Alderman, Magistrate and 
HM Lieutenant of the City of London, a member of the 
Court of the Fishmongers’ Company, and Liveryman of 
several other Livery Companies. He is a member of the 
Takeover Appeal Board, the Advisory Board of the 
Commonwealth Investment & Advisory Council. Sir Alan 
was Lord Mayor of the City of London for the year 2014-15.

Nicholas Jennings FCA 

Appointed Group Company Secretary in July 2018. 
He was previously Company Secretary of Daily Mail  
and General Trust plc and of Close Brothers Group plc.  
He is a Chartered Accountant.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201822

Group 
Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report for the year ended  
31 December 2018.

Business Activities

The principal activities of the Group are banking and 
financial services. The business review and information  
about future developments, key performance indicators and 
principal risks are contained in the Strategic Report on  
pages 8 to 19.

Corporate Governance

The Corporate Governance report on pages 25 to 30 contains 
information about the Group’s corporate governance 
arrangements, including in relation to the Board’s decision  
to apply the UK Corporate Governance Code, published by 
the Financial Reporting Council (“FRC”) in July 2018, in 
response to a change in the AIM Rules.

Results and Dividends

The results for the year are shown on page 44 of the financial 
statements. The Directors recommend the payment of a final 
dividend of 20p (2017: 19p) on the ordinary shares which, 
together with the interim dividend of 15p paid (2017: 14p) 
on 28 September 2018, represents total dividends for the year 
of 35p (2017: 33p). The final dividend, if approved by 
members at the 2019 Annual General Meeting (“AGM”),  
will be paid on 17 May 2019 to shareholders on the register 
at close of business on 26 April 2019.

Directors

The names of the Directors of the Company at the date of this 
report, together with biographical details, are given on page 21 
of this Annual Report. All the Directors listed on those pages 
were directors of the Company throughout the year.  
Mr. P. A. Lynam and Mr. I.A. Henderson retired from the 
Board on 8 August and 31 August 2018 respectively.

Under Article 78 of the Articles of Association, Sir Henry 
Angest and Sir Christopher Meyer retire at the AGM and, 
being eligible, offer themselves for re-election. Sir Henry Angest 
has a service agreement terminable on twelve months’ notice. 
Sir Christopher Meyer, an independent non-executive director, 
has a letter of appointment terminable on three months’ notice.

Company Secretary

Viability Statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the 
Directors confirm that there is a reasonable expectation that 
the Group will continue to operate and meet its liabilities, as 
they fall due, for the three-year period up to 31 December 
2021. A period of three years has been chosen because it is 
the period covered by the Group’s strategic planning cycle 
and also incorporated in the ICAAP, which forecasts key 
capital requirements, expected changes in capital resources 
and applies stress testing over that period.

The Directors’ assessment has been made with reference to:

•  the Group’s current position and prospects – please see  

the Financial Review on pages 12 to 19;

•  the Group’s key principles – please see Corporate 

Philosophy on page 1; and

•  the Group’s risk management framework and associated 

policies, as explained in Note 6.

The Group’s strategy and three-year plan are evaluated and 
approved by the Directors annually. The plan considers the 
Group’s future projections of profitability, cash flows, capital 
requirements and resources, and other key financial and 
regulatory ratios over the period. The ICAAP is updated at 
least annually as part of the business planning process.

Going Concern

After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, 
profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6 to the 
financial statements) and capital resources (see Note 7), the 
directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group have 
adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The financial statements are therefore 
prepared on the going concern basis.

Authority to Purchase Shares

Shareholders will also be asked to approve a Special 
Resolution renewing the authority of the Directors to make 
market purchases of shares not exceeding 10% of the issued 
share capital. The Directors will keep the position under 
review in order to maximise the Company’s resources in  
the best interests of shareholders. Details of the Resolutions 
renewing this authority are included in the Notice of Meeting 
on page 130.

On 17 July 2018, Nicholas Jennings was appointed Secretary 
on the retirement of Jeremy Kaye. He can be contacted at the 
Company’s registered office.

Financial Risk Management

Details of how the Group manages risk are set out in the 
Strategic Report and in Note 6 to the financial statements.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201823

Directors’ Interests

Employees

The Company gives due consideration to the employment of 
disabled persons and is an equal opportunities employer. It also 
regularly provides employees with information on matters of 
concern to them, consults on decisions likely to affect their 
interests and encourages their involvement in the performance 
of the Company through regular communications and in  
other ways.

Political Donations

The Company made political donations of £6,000 to the 
Conservative Party during the year (2017: £32,000). 

Branches outside of the UK

During the year Arbuthnot Latham operated a branch in 
Dubai which is regulated by the Dubai Financial Services 
Authority.

Events after the Balance Sheet Date

There were no material post balance sheet events to report.

Annual General Meeting

The Company’s AGM will be held on Thursday 9 May 2019. 
At the AGM, Shareholders will be asked to vote on a number 
of resolutions including the creation and bonus issue of a new 
class of ordinary non-voting shares and the re-appointment of 
KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor.

Disclosure of Information to the Auditor

Each of the persons who are Directors at the date of approval 
of this Annual Report confirm that:

•  so far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and

•  they have taken all the steps they ought to have taken as a 
director to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditor  
is aware of that information.

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in 
accordance with the provisions of section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

The interests of current Directors and their families in the 
ordinary shares of the Company at the dates shown, together 
with the percentage of the current issued share capital held, 
were as follows:

Beneficial Interests

2018

2018

2019

%

1 January 

31 December 

26 March 

Sir Henry Angest

8,351,401

8,351,401

8,351,401

56.1

J.R. Cobb

A.A. Salmon

6,000

51,699

6,000

51,699

6,000

51,699

–

0.3

Substantial Shareholders

The Company was aware at 11 March 2019 of the following 
substantial holdings in the ordinary shares of the Company, 
other than those held by one director shown above:

Holder

Liontrust Asset Management
Miton Asset Management

Slater Investments

Mr. R Paston

M&G Investment Management

Ordinary 
Shares

961,028
662,086

595,638

529,130

527,268

%

6.5
4.4

4.0

3.6

3.5

Significant Contracts

No Director, either during or at the end of the financial year, 
was materially interested in any contract with the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries or associated companies, which  
was significant in relation to the Group’s business.  
At 31 December 2018, one Director had loans from 
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited amounting to £515,000 
and four directors had deposits with Arbuthnot Latham 
amounting to £1,884,000 all on normal commercial terms  
as disclosed in Note 42 to the financial statements.

At 1 January 2018, one Director had a loan from Secure Trust 
Bank PLC, which ceased to be an associated company on  
8 August 2018, amounting to £409,000 and two Directors had 
deposits amounting to £403,000, all on normal commercial 
terms as disclosed in Note 42 to the financial statements.

Directors’ Indemnities

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that, subject 
to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
may indemnify any Director or former Director against any 
liability and may purchase and maintain insurance against 
any liability. The Company maintained directors and officers 
liability insurance throughout the year.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the corporate and financial information included 
on the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK governing 
the preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors confirm the Annual Report and financial 
statements, taken as a whole, are fair, balanced and 
understandable and provide the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company’s 
position, performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

N D Jennings
Secretary

27 March 2019

24

Group Directors’  
Report continued

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in Respect of 
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report and the 
Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Strategic 
Report, the Directors’ Report and the Financial Statements  
in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Company 
law requires the Directors to prepare Group and Parent 
Company Financial Statements for each financial year.  
As required by the AIM Rules of the London Stock Exchange 
they are required to prepare the Group Financial Statements 
in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the EU and applicable law 
and have elected to prepare the Parent Company Financial 
Statements on the same basis.

Financial Statements
Under company law the Directors must not approve the 
Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give  
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and 
the Company and of the Group profit or loss for that period.  
In preparing each of the Group and Parent Company 
Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

•  make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, 

relevant and reliable;

•  state whether they have been prepared in accordance with 

IFRSs as adopted by the EU; 

•  assess the Group and Parent Company’s ability to continue 

as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters 
related to going concern; and

•  use the going concern basis of accounting unless they 

intend either to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company 
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but 
to do so.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the 
Parent Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the Parent 
Company and enable them to ensure that its Financial 
Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They are 
responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and have general responsibility for taking such 
steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets 
of the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018Corporate 
Governance

25

Introduction and Overview

Arbuthnot Banking Group has a strong and effective 
corporate governance framework. The Board endorses the 
principles of openness, integrity and accountability which 
underlie good governance and takes into account the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code in so far  
as they are considered applicable to and appropriate for it, 
given its size and circumstances, and the role and overall 
shareholding of its majority shareholder. Moreover, the 
Group contains two subsidiaries authorised to undertake 
regulated business under the Financial Services and Markets 
Act 2000, one of which (Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd) is 
regulated by the Prudential Regulatory Authority and the 
Financial Conduct Authority and is an authorised deposit-
taking business. It in turn has a subsidiary, Renaissance Asset 
Finance Limited, which is regulated by the Financial Conduct 
Authority. Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd also operates a 
branch in Dubai, which is regulated by the Dubai Financial 
Services Authority. Accordingly, the Group operates to the 
high standards of corporate accountability and regulatory 
compliance appropriate for such a business.

In March 2018, the AIM Rules were amended to require  
AIM companies to state which corporate governance code 
they had decided to apply, how the AIM company complies 
with that code, and where it departs from its chosen code an 
explanation of the reasons for doing so. This information  
was published, as required, on the Company’s website by  
28 September 2018 and the Company plans to review it  
each year as part of its annual reporting cycle. 

The Board decided to report against the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, published by the Financial Reporting 
Council (“FRC”) in July 2018 (“the Code”) with effect from 
28 September 2018. This section of the Annual Report 
summarises how the Company applies the Code and in broad 
terms how it has complied with its provisions since that date, 
giving explanations where it has chosen not to do so. 

The Company is led by the Board which, following changes 
in August 2018, comprises six members: the executive 
Chairman, two other executive directors, Andrew Salmon 
and James Cobb, and three independent non-executive 
directors who thereby constitute half of the Board in line with 
the Code. The Board sets the long term focus and customer 
oriented culture of the Group. The responsibilities of Sir 
Henry Angest as Chairman include leading the Board, 
ensuring its effectiveness in all aspects of its role, ensuring 
effective communication with shareholders, setting the 
Board’s agenda and ensuring that all Directors are encouraged 
to participate fully in the activities and decision-making 
process of the Board.

In 2016 an independent Board Effectiveness Review was 
carried out by an external consultant. In October 2018 it  
was determined to carry out the annual Board Effectiveness 
Review internally. The evaluation took the form of a 
confidential questionnaire which assessed the performance  
of the Board and its Committees. The questions were set to 
explore the themes developed the previous year, including 
Board effectiveness, Board composition, Board dynamics, 
alignment of the Board and executive team, interaction with 
major shareholders, induction, performance and training, 
Board Committees and the Secretariat. The feedback was 
collated by the Company Secretary and discussed by the 
Board in November 2018. The responses were positive, 
confirming that the Board was of the view that it receives the 
correct level of insight into and oversight of the Company, 
both directly to it and in terms of management information 
and oral updates provided during meetings. Directors also 
agreed that the Arbuthnot culture set out in the Arbuthnot 
Principles and Values manifests itself at Board level and in  
the external view of the Group as a whole.

The Board

The Board met regularly throughout the year, holding six 
scheduled meetings as well as a two-day off-site strategy 
meeting. Substantive agenda items have briefing papers, 
which are circulated in a timely manner before each meeting. 
The Board ensures that it is supplied with all the information 
that it requires and requests in a form and of a quality to 
fulfil its duties. 

In addition to overseeing the management of the Group, the 
Board has determined certain items which are reserved for 
decision by itself. These matters include approval of the 
Group’s long-term objectives and commercial strategy, 
ensuring a sound system of internal control, risk management 
strategy, approval of major investments, acquisitions and 
disposals, any changes to capital structure and the overall 
review of corporate governance.

The Company Secretary is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board processes and procedures are appropriately followed 
and support effective decision making. All directors have 
access to the Company Secretary’s advice and services.  
There is an agreed procedure for directors to obtain 
independent professional advice in the course of their duties, 
if necessary, at the Company’s expense.

All directors receive induction training upon joining the 
Board, with individual AIM training provided by the 
Company’s Nominated Adviser, regulatory and compliance 
training provided by the Group Head of Compliance or an 
external firm of lawyers, risk management training (including 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201826

Corporate  
Governance continued

that in relation to the ICAAP and ILAAP) with an overview 
of credit and its associated risks and mitigation by the Head 
of Credit Risk in Arbuthnot Latham.

Overview of Compliance with the FRC Code,  
together with Exceptions

The Board focuses not only on the provisions of the Code but 
its principles, ensuring as follows:

•  The Company’s purpose, values and strategy as a prudently 
managed organisation align with its culture, with a focus 
on fairness and long-term shareholder returns.

•  The Board has an appropriate combination of executive 
and non-executive directors, who have both requisite 
knowledge and understanding of the business and the time 
to commit to their specific roles.

•  The Board comprises directors with the necessary 

combination of skills to ensure the effective discharge of  
its obligations, with an annual evaluation of the capability 
and effectiveness of each director as well as the Board as a 
composite whole; appropriate succession plans are also in 
place and reviewed annually, or more frequently if 
appropriate. 

•  The Board and Audit Committee monitor the procedures  

in place to ensure the independence and effectiveness of both 
external and internal auditors, and the risk governance 
framework of the Company, with all material matters 
highlighted to the relevant forum (Board/Committee).

•  Remuneration policies and practices are designed to 
support strategy and promote long-term sustainable 
success, with a Remuneration Committee in place to 
oversee director and senior management pay.

In respect of the Code’s specific provisions, an annual review 
is carried out, comparing the Company’s governance 
arrangements and practices against them. Any divergences  
are noted, with relevant rationale considered carefully to 
determine whether it is appropriate. Consideration is also 
given to guidance issued, which may require a review of the 
relevant reasoning intra-year. In line with the FRC’s Guidance 
on Board Effectiveness, the Board additionally takes into 
account its suggestions of good practice when applying the 
Code focusing on the five key principles specified in the Code.

Where the Company’s governance does not completely align 
with Code, it is generally as a result of the role of its overall 
majority shareholder, itself adding a level of protection to 
long-term shareholder interests, and it has had no negative 
impact on the Company.

All divergences from the Code, with an explanation of the 
reasons for doing so are set out as follows:

Provision 3 – The majority shareholder is Chairman and 
Chief Executive of ABG. Engagement with other major 
shareholders is carried out as appropriate by the Chairman, 
the Group Chief Operating Officer or the Group Finance 
Director. There has been no requirement to date to consult 
with them on matters delegated to Board committees, but  
if appropriate/when requested, this would be arranged.

Provision 5 – The Board has regard to the interests of all its 
key stakeholders in its decision making. The Company has 
fewer than 20 employees, all of whom have direct access to 
Board members. As such, it has not been deemed necessary  
to appoint an employee representative to the Board, nor a 
formal workforce advisory panel, nor a designated non-
executive Director.

Provision 9 – Sir Henry Angest carries out the role of 
Chairman and Chief Executive, given his long-term interest as 
majority shareholder, itself aligning with the interests of other 
shareholders. The Group Chief Operating Officer and the 
Group Finance Director provide a strong, independent 
counterbalance, ensuring challenge and independence from  
a business perspective, against the stakeholder focus of the 
Chairman carrying out his Chairman’s role. The Company 
follows the US model that is very successful in ensuring 
commercial success with strong corporate governance and 
stakeholder awareness, having a shared Chairman and CEO, 
with a separate, empowered, Chief Operating Officer.

Provision 10 – The Board considers Sir Christopher Meyer to 
be independent, notwithstanding his serving more than nine 
years, since his views and any challenge to executive 
management remain firmly independent.

Provision 12 – The Board has not appointed a Senior 
Independent Director, as major shareholders talk openly with 
the Chairman, the Group Chief Operating Officer and the 
Group Finance Director on request.

Provision 14 – Attendance at meetings is not reported as, 
should a Director be unable to attend a meeting, that Director 
receives relevant papers in the normal manner and relays any 
comments in advance of the meeting to the Chairman.  
The same process applies in respect of the Board Committees.

Provision 18 – For the purposes of stability and continuity, 
the Company continues to offer Directors for re-election on  
a three-year rolling basis in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association and company law. The Directors 
seeking re-election at the AGM are Sir Henry Angest and  
Sir Christopher Meyer, who have served on the Board for 33 
years and 11 years respectively. The contribution of Sir Henry 
Angest, who beneficially owns more than 50% of the issued 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201827

share capital, has been invaluable in the successful 
development of the Company. Sir Christopher Meyer’s 
wide-ranging experience including as a diplomat at the most 
senior level has provided an important independent measure 
of challenge to executive management. Accordingly, the 
Board fully supports the resolutions for their reappointment.

Provision 19 – Sir Henry Angest’s role as Chairman has 
extended over nine years and is expected to continue 
indefinitely, given his key role as majority shareholder both in 
protecting the stability of his and other shareholder interests 
and in overseeing a balanced and risk-managed approach to 
growing the business with a view to the longer-term.

Provision 32 – Sir Henry Angest is Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee, as is appropriate in the context  
of his majority shareholding.

Internal Control and Financial Reporting

The Board of directors has overall responsibility for the 
Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its 
effectiveness. Such a system is designed to manage rather  
than eliminate risk of failure to achieve business objectives 
and can only provide reasonable but not absolute assurance 
against the risk of material misstatement or loss.

The Directors and senior management of the Group review 
and approve the Group’s Risk Appetite Statement and Risk 
Management Policy. Risk appetite sets out the Board’s 
attitude to risk and internal control and includes qualitative 
and quantitative measures which are reported to every Board 
meeting; the Risk Management Policy details how risks are 
monitored and controlled within the Bank. Key business risks 
and emerging risks are continuously identified, evaluated and 
managed by means of limits and controls set by and managed 
at an operational level by AL management and governed 
through Arbuthnot Latham Committees.

Significant risks identified in connection with the development 
of new activities are subject to consideration by the Board. 
There are well-established budgeting procedures in place and 
reports are presented regularly to the Board detailing the 
results, in relation to Arbuthnot Latham, of each principal 
business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and 
other performance data. The Board receives regular reports 
on any risk matters that need to be brought to its attention, 
enabling it to assess the Group’s emerging and principal risks.

Shareholder Communications

The Company maintains communications via one to one 
meetings as appropriate with its major shareholders and 
makes full use of the AGM to communicate with 
shareholders. The Company aims to present a balanced and 
understandable assessment in all its reports to shareholders, 
its regulators, other stakeholders and the wider public.  
Key announcements and other information can be found at  
www.arbuthnotgroup.com.

Board Committees

The Board has established Audit, Nomination, Remuneration 
and Donations Committees, each with formally delegated 
duties and responsibilities and with written terms of 
reference, which require consideration of the committee’s 
effectiveness. The Board keeps the governance arrangements 
under review. Further information in relation to these 
committees is set out below. The Board maintains direct 
responsibility for issues of Risk without the need for its own 
Risk Committee, since responsibility for large lending 
proposals is a direct responsibility of its subsidiary,  
Arbuthnot Latham.

Audit Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership of the Audit Committee is restricted to non-
executive Directors and comprises Ian Dewar (as Chairman), 
Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan Yarrow. The Company 
Secretary acts as its Secretary. The Committee met four times 
during the year.

The Audit Committee oversees, on behalf of the Board, 
financial reporting, the appropriateness and effectiveness of 
systems and controls, the work of Internal Audit and the 
arrangements for and effectiveness of the external audit.  
The ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the Interim Report lies with 
the Board. The Audit Committee also reviews whistleblowing 
arrangements for employees to raise concerns in confidence.

External Audit
The Senior Statutory Auditor of the external auditors,  
KPMG LLP, changed in April 2018, following a five-year 
association with the Company. The Committee assesses the 
independence and objectivity, qualifications and effectiveness 
of the external auditors on an annual basis as well as making 
a recommendation on their reappointment to the Board.  
The Committee received a report showing the level of 
non-audit services provided by the external auditors during 
the year and members were satisfied that the extent and 
nature of these did not compromise auditor independence. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201828

Corporate  
Governance continued

The Committee has concluded that KPMG remain 
independent and that their audit is effective.

KPMG has held office since August 2009. Consequently, the 
Committee is required by the EU Audit Regulation 2014 to 
conduct a competitive audit tender in 2019. The Committee 
will oversee the tender process and is committed to ensure a 
fair and transparent process is put in place including a clearly 
articulated set of selection criteria agreed by the Committee in 
advance. The tender is not expected to occur before the AGM 
to be held on 9 May 2019 at which a resolution to re-appoint 
KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor will be proposed.

Activity in 2018
Internal Audit
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee monitors the 
effectiveness of systems and controls. To this end, Internal 
Audit provides the Audit Committee and the Board with 
detailed independent and objective assurance on the 
effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal 
controls. Since Arbuthnot Latham established its own Audit 
Committee, the role of the Group Audit Committee has been 
mainly supervisory in relation to internal audit matters, 
though it receives items of material note deriving from 
Arbuthnot Latham’s internal audits, including an assessment 
of culture which forms part of every internal audit.

The Audit Committee approves the Internal Audit risk based 
programme of work and monitors progress against the 
annual plan. The Committee reviews Internal Audit resources 
and the arrangements that: ensure Internal Audit faces no 
restrictions or limitations to conducting its work; that it 
continues to have unrestricted access to all personnel and 
information; and that Internal Audit remains objective and 
independent from business management. 

The Head of Internal Audit provides reports on the outcomes 
of Internal Audit work directly to the Committee and the 
Committee monitors progress against actions identified in 
these reports.

The Committee received a Self-Assessment report on Internal 
Audit in September 2018 and it is satisfied with Internal 
Audit arrangements during 2018.

Integrity of Financial Statements and oversight of  
external audit
The Committee:

•  Received and agreed the Audit Plan prepared by the 

external auditors;

•  Considered and formed a conclusion on the critical 

judgements underpinning the Financial Statements, as 
presented in papers prepared by management. In respect  
of all of these critical judgements, the Committee concluded 
that the treatment in the Financial Statements was 
appropriate;

•  Received reports from the external auditors on the matters 

arising from their work, the key issues and conclusions they 
had reached;

•  The Chairman of the Committee attended, as an observer, 

Audit Committee meetings of Arbuthnot Latham, the 
Company’s operating subsidiary;

•  The Committee monitored the changes to financial 

reporting requirements which came in effect on 1 January 
2018, principally IFRS 9; 

•  In addition, it considered changes to financial reporting 

requirements that are not yet effective but that are likely to 
affect the reported results or financial position of the Group 
and Company in future. The most notable change is IFRS 
16, Leases, where the Committee has reviewed 
Management’s methodology, and is satisfied with the 
disclosures as set out in Note 3.26.

The reports from the external auditors include details of 
internal control matters that they have identified as part of 
the annual statutory financial statements audit. Certain 
aspects of the system of internal control are also subject to 
regulatory supervision, the results of which are monitored 
closely by the Committee and the Board. In addition, the 
Committee receives by exception reports on the ICAAP and 
ILAAP which are key control documents that receive detailed 
consideration by the board of Arbuthnot Latham. 

The Committee approved the terms of engagement and made 
a recommendation to the Board on the remuneration to be 
paid to the external auditors in respect of their audit services.

Significant areas of judgement
The Audit Committee considered the following significant 
issues and accounting judgements in relation to the  
Financial Statements:

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201829

Impairment of loans and advances to customers 
The Committee reviewed presentations from management 
detailing the provisioning methodology across the Group  
as part of the full year results process. The Committee 
considered and challenged the provisioning methodology 
applied by management, including timing of cash flows, 
valuation and recoverability of supporting collateral on 
impaired assets. The Committee concluded that the 
impairment provisions, including management’s judgements, 
were appropriate. 

The charge for impaired loans and advances totalled £2.7m 
for the year ended 31 December 2018. The disclosures 
relating to impairment provisions are set out in Note 4.1(a)  
to the financial statements.

Other Committee activities
In November 2018, Committee members contributed to  
the review of the Committee’s effectiveness as part of its 
evaluation by the Board. The review did not highlight any 
material concerns.

On behalf of the Board, the Committee reviewed the financial 
statements as a whole in order to assess whether they were 
fair, balanced and understandable. The Committee discussed 
and challenged the balance and fairness of the overall report 
with the executive directors and also considered the views of 
the external auditor. The Committee was satisfied that the 
Annual Report could be regarded as fair, balanced and 
understandable and proposed that the Board approve the 
Annual Report in that respect.

Valuation of Investment Properties
The three investment properties are held at fair value.  
The Committee reviewed and challenged the key assumptions 
used in the valuation of the properties including yields, rental 
income and refurbishment costs. 

In March 2019 the Committee met separately with each of  
the Head of Internal Audit and the Senior Statutory Auditor 
without any other executives present. There were no issues  
or concerns raised by them in regard to discharging their 
responsibilities.

Nomination Committee

Membership and meetings
The Nomination Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest 
and its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and  
Sir Alan Yarrow. The Head of Corporate Governance acts as 
its Secretary. The Committee met once during the year. It is 
required to meet formally at least once per year and otherwise 
as required.

The Nomination Committee assists the Board in discharging 
its responsibilities relating to the composition of the Board. 
The Nomination Committee is responsible for and evaluates 
on a regular basis the balance of skills, experience, 
independence and knowledge on the Board, its size, structure 
and composition, retirements and appointments of additional 
and replacement directors and will make appropriate 
recommendations to the Board on such matters.  
The Nomination Committee also considers succession 
planning, taking into account the skills and expertise that  
will be needed on and beneficial to the Board in the future.

As at 31 December 2018, the Group’s property investment 
portfolio totalled £67.1m, as detailed in Note 31.  
The disclosures relating to the fair value of investment 
properties are set out in Note 4.1(c) to the financial 
statements.

Effective Interest rate
Interest earned on loans and receivables is recognised using 
the Effective Interest Rate (“EIR”) method. The EIR is 
calculated on the initial recognition of a loan through a 
discounted cash flow model that incorporates fees, costs  
and other premiums or discounts. There have been no 
changes to the EIR accounting policies during the year.

The Committee considered and challenged the EIR 
methodology applied by management and specifically in 
relation to acquired loan portfolios. The Committee 
considered management assumptions including expected 
future customer behaviours and concluded that the EIR 
methodology was appropriate as at 31 December 2018.

The disclosures relating to EIR are set out in Note 4.1(b)  
to the financial statements.

Going Concern and Viability Statement 
The financial statements are prepared on the basis that the 
Group and Company are each a going concern. The Audit 
Committee reviewed management’s assessment and is satisfied 
that the going concern basis and assessment of the Group’s 
longer-term viability is appropriate. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201830

Corporate  
Governance continued

Activity in 2018
The Committee reviewed policies on Board Diversity, Board 
Suitability and Board Training and Development. It also 
assessed and confirmed the collective and individual 
suitability of Board members. The contribution of Sir Henry 
Angest remains invaluable in the successful development of 
the Company. As regards the non-executive Directors’ skill 
sets, Ian Dewar, with a wealth of experience as a partner in  
a major accounting firm, has successfully chaired the Audit 
Committee. Sir Christopher Meyer’s wide-ranging experience 
including as a diplomat at the highest level has provided an 
important independent measure of challenge to executive 
management. The Board has benefitted from Sir Alan 
Yarrow’s wise counsel, challenge to management and many 
years’ experience in the City of London.

In November 2018, the Committee confirmed that the 
Board’s current composition provides the Company with a 
balanced, knowledgeable, diverse and informed group of 
directors, bringing strategic acumen, foresight and challenge 
to the executive, commensurate with the size of the business. 
The Committee reviewed succession planning and agreed that 
there was a sensible and strong plan in place. In terms of any 
new hires, it noted that account would be taken of provisions 
in the Board Diversity Policy. The Committee also agreed that 
it continued to operate effectively and, as such, no changes to 
its membership, composition or activities were proposed to 
the Board.

Remuneration Committee

Membership and meetings
Membership is detailed in the Remuneration Report on  
page 31. The Committee met twice during the year. It is 
required to meet formally at least once per year and otherwise 
as required.

The Remuneration Committee assists the Board in 
determining its responsibilities in relation to remuneration 
including, inter alia, in relation to the Company’s policy on 
executive remuneration determining, the individual 
remuneration and benefits package of each of the Executive 
Directors and the fees for Non-Executive Directors.

The Committee also deals with remuneration-related issues 
under the Prudential Regulation Authority’s Remuneration 
Code applicable to the Company. The Remuneration Report 
on pages 31 and 32 gives further information and details of 
each Director’s remuneration.

Donations Committee

Membership and meetings
The Donations Committee is chaired by Sir Henry Angest  
and its other members are Sir Christopher Meyer and  
Sir Alan Yarrow. The Committee met once during the year. 

The Committee considers any political donation or 
expenditure as defined within sections 366 and 367 of the 
Companies Act 2006.

By order of the Board

N D Jennings
Secretary

27 March 2019

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201831

Remuneration 
Report

Remuneration Committee

Directors’ Service Contracts

Sir Henry Angest, Mr. Salmon and Mr. Cobb each have 
service contracts terminable at any time on 12 months’ notice 
in writing by either party.

Long Term Incentive Schemes

Grants were made to three Directors on 14 June 2016 under 
Phantom Option Scheme introduced on that date, to acquire 
ordinary 1p shares in the Company at 1591p exercisable in 
respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in respect of  
the remaining 50% on or after 15 June 2021 when a cash 
payment would be made equal to any increase in market value. 

Under this Scheme, Mr. Salmon was granted a phantom 
option to acquire 200,000 ordinary 1p shares in the 
Company, which remained outstanding at 31 December 2018. 
Mr. Cobb was granted a phantom option to acquire 100,000 
ordinary 1p shares in the Company, which remained 
outstanding at 31 December 2018. The phantom option 
granted to Mr. Henderson to acquire 100,000 ordinary  
1p shares in the Company lapsed on 31 August 2018 when 
he left the Company. The fair value of the remaining options 
at the grant date was £1m.

Membership of the Remuneration Committee is limited to 
non-executive directors together with Sir Henry Angest as 
Chairman. The present members of the Committee are Sir 
Henry Angest, Sir Christopher Meyer and Sir Alan Yarrow. 
The Head of Corporate Governance acts as its Secretary.  
The Committee met twice during the year.

The Committee has responsibility for producing 
recommendations on the overall remuneration policy for 
directors for review by the Board and for setting the 
remuneration of individual directors. Members of the 
Committee do not vote on their own remuneration.

Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Committee determines the remuneration 
of individual directors having regard to the size and nature  
of the business; the importance of attracting, retaining and 
motivating management of the appropriate calibre without 
paying more than is necessary for this purpose; remuneration 
data for comparable positions, in particular the rising 
remuneration packages at challenger banks; the need to align 
the interests of executives with those of shareholders; and an 
appropriate balance between current remuneration and 
longer-term performance-related rewards. The remuneration 
package can comprise a combination of basic annual salary 
and benefits (including pension), a discretionary annual  
bonus award related to the Committee’s assessment of the 
contribution made by the executive during the year and 
longer-term incentives, including executive share options. 
Pension benefits take the form of annual contributions paid 
by the Company to individual money purchase schemes.  
The Remuneration Committee reviews salary levels each year 
based on the performance of the Group during the preceding 
financial period. This review does not necessarily lead to 
increases in salary levels. For the purposes of the FCA 
Remuneration Code, all the provisions of which have been 
implemented, the Group and its subsidiaries are all 
considered to be Tier 3 institutions.

Activity in 2018

The Remuneration Committee undertook its regular activities 
during the year including reviewing the operation of the 
Remuneration Policy, having regard to the performance of the 
Company during the year, with particular regard to the level 
of discretionary bonus awarded and the level of inflation 
impacting on salaries.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201832

Remuneration 
Report continued

Directors’ Emoluments

Fees (including benefits in kind)
Salary payments (including benefits in kind)

Pension contributions

2018
£000

205 
4,387 

93 

2017
£000

205 
4,533 

105 

4,685 

4,843 

Sir Henry Angest
JR Cobb

IA Dewar

IA Henderson (to 31/08/2018)

Sir Christopher Meyer

AA Salmon

Sir Alan Yarrow

Salary
£000

1,200 
625 

–

333 

–

1,200 

 – 

3,358 

Bonus
£000

Benefits
£000

Pension
£000

Fees
£000

–
300 

–

–

–

600 

 – 

900 

79 
17 

–

11 

–

22 

 – 

129 

–
35 

–

23 

–

35 

 – 

93 

Total
2018
£000

1,279 
977 

75 

367 

60 

Total
2017
£000

1,289 
852 

75 

840 

60 

1,857 

1,657 

70 

70 

 – 
 – 

75 

 – 

60 

 – 

70 

205 

4,685 

4,843 

Details of any shares or options held by directors are 
presented on page 31 and 119. 

The emoluments of the Chairman were £1,279,000 (2017: 
£1,289,000). The emoluments of the highest paid director 
were £1,857,000 (2017: £1,657,000) including pension 
contributions of £35,000 (2017: £35,000).

Secure Trust Bank was paid a fee of £36,000 up to 8 August 
2018 (2017: £60,000) for the services of Mr. Lynam rendered 
as a non-executive director.

Retirement benefits are accruing under money purchase 
schemes for three directors who served during 2018  
(2017: four directors).

Sir Henry Angest
Chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee

27 March 2019 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
33

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC

1.  Our opinion is unmodified

We have audited the financial statements of Arbuthnot 
Banking Group PLC (“the Company”) for the year ended  
31 December 2018 which comprise the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement 
of financial position, company statement of financial position, 
consolidated statement of changes in equity, company 
statement of changes in equity, consolidated statement of 
cashflows, company statement of cashflows, and the related 
notes, including the accounting policies in Notes 2 & 3. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International 
Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable 
law. Our responsibilities are described below. We have 
fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, and are 
independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical 
requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied 
to listed entities. We believe that the audit evidence we have 
obtained is a sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion: 
•  the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 

Overview

state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as 
at 31 December 2018 and of the Group’s loss for the year 
then ended; 

Materiality: 
group financial statements as  
a whole

•  the Group financial statements have been properly prepared 

Coverage

in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as 
adopted by the EU); 

•  the Parent Company financial statements have been 

properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the EU and as applied in accordance with the provisions  
of the Companies Act 2006; and 

•  the financial statements have been prepared in accordance 

with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Risks of material misstatement
Event driven

New: Brexit uncertainty

Recurring risks

Loan loss provisioning

Revenue recognition: effective 
interest rate
Investment property

Recoverability of Parent 
Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries

£600,000 (2017: £570,000)
8.8% (2017: 8%) of  
Group profit before tax

100% (2017:100%) of 
Group profit before tax

 vs 2017

New Matter


ƒ„


ƒ„

2.  Key audit matters: including our assessment of risks 

of material misstatement

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional 
judgment, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements and include the most significant assessed 
risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by us, including those which had the greatest effect 
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in 
the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
The key audit matters in arriving at our audit opinion above 
were addressed in the context of, and solely for the purpose 
of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a 
separate opinion on these matters.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201834

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Brexit Uncertainty

Refer to Strategic Report (page 16).

The risk
Group and Parent
Unprecedented levels of uncertainty
All audits assess and challenge the reasonableness of 
estimates, in particular as described in loan loss provisioning, 
revenue recognition: effective interest rate and investment 
properties below and related disclosures and the 
appropriateness of the going concern basis of preparation  
of the annual accounts. All of these depend on assessments  
of the future economic environment and the Group’s future 
prospects and performance.

In addition, we are required to consider the other information 
presented in the Annual Report including the principal risks 
disclosure and to consider the directors’ statement that the 
annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is 
fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy.

Brexit is one of the most significant economic events for the 
UK and at the date of this report its effects are subject to 
unprecedented levels of uncertainty of outcomes, with the  
full range of possible effects unknown.

Our response

We have developed a standardised firm-wide approach to  
the consideration of the uncertainties arising from Brexit  
in planning and performing our audits. Our procedures 
included: 

•  Our Brexit knowledge: We considered the directors’ 

assessment of Brexit-related sources of risk for the Group’s 
business and financial resources compared with our own 
understanding of the risks. We considered the directors’ 
plans to take action to mitigate the risks.

•  Sensitivity analysis: When addressing loan impairment, 
recognition of revenue: effective interest rate, investment 
properties and other areas that depend on forecasts,  
we compared the directors’ sensitivity analysis to our 
assessment of the full range of reasonably possible 
scenarios resulting from Brexit uncertainty.

•  Assessing transparency: As well as assessing individual 

disclosures as part of our procedures on loan loss 
provisioning, revenue recognition: effective interest rate and 
investment properties we considered all the Brexit related 
disclosures together, including those in the strategic report, 
comparing the overall picture against our understanding  
of the risks.

No audit should be expected to predict the unknowable 
factors or all possible future implications for a Group and 
this is particularly the case in relation to Brexit.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201835

Refer to page 29 (Audit Committee Report), Note 3.10 (accounting 
policy) and Note 23 (financial disclosures).

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that the impairment of loans and 
advances to customers has a high degree of estimation 
uncertainty, with a potential range of reasonable outcomes 
greater than our materiality for the financial statements as  
a whole. Note 4 of the financial statements discloses the 
sensitivities estimated by the Group.

Disclosure quality
The disclosures regarding the Group’s application of IFRS 9 
are key to understanding the change from IAS 39 as well as 
explaining the key judgments and material inputs to the  
IFRS 9 ECL results.

Loan Loss Provisioning

Group: £6.6 million; (2017: £1.4 million)

The risk
Group 
Subjective estimate
IFRS 9 was implemented by the Group on 1 January 2018. 
This new standard requires the Group to recognise expected 
credit losses (ECL) on financial instruments which involves 
significant judgement and estimates to be made by the Group.

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management judgement are:

•  Significant increase in credit risk (SICR) and the Group’s 

definition of default: the criteria selected to identify a SICR 
and the Group’s definition of default are judgemental and 
can materially impact the ECL by determining whether a 
12 month (stage 1) or lifetime (stage 2 or 3) provision is 
recorded.

•  Economic scenarios: IFRS 9 requires the Group to measure 

ECL on a forward-looking basis, incorporating future 
macro-economic variables reflecting a range of future 
conditions.

•  Complex ECL model: inherently judgemental modelling 

techniques are used to estimate stage1 ECLs which involves 
determining Probabilities of Default (PD) and Loss Given 
Default (LGD).

•  Data capture: the ECL model uses a combination of static 

(e.g. original collateral valuation) and dynamic data  
(e.g. current balance/interest rates) about the Group’s loans. 
Owing to the risk of associated with transferring system 
data to the impairment model (e.g. due to manual process) 
there is a risk that the data used in the ECL model is 
inaccurate.

•  For loans classified as stage 2 or 3, these are individually 
assessed, an impairment assessment is required at an 
individual loan level, based on the probability of default 
and the estimated future cash flows discounted to present 
value at the loans effective interest rate (‘EIR’). There are  
a number of data inputs and assumptions including the  
cost of obtaining and selling collateral and, probable sale 
proceeds.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201836

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Assessing transparency
We evaluated whether the disclosures appropriately reflect 
and address the uncertainty which exists when determining 
the expected credit losses. As a part of this, we assessed  
the sensitivity analysis that is disclosed. In addition, we 
challenged whether the disclosure of the key judgments and 
assumptions made was sufficiently clear.

Loan Loss Provisioning

continued

Our response

Our audit procedures over SICR and the Group’s definition  
of default included: 

•  Methodology implementation: We compared the Group’s 
SICR thresholds and definition of default with the relevant 
accounting standard.

•  Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s 
SICR thresholds and definition of default with other 
lenders. 

Our audit procedures over the Group’s economic scenarios 
included:

•  Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis  

over the probability weightings attached to each economic 
scenario.

•  Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s 

probability weightings attached to each economic scenario 
to other lenders.

Our audit procedures over the Group’s ECL model included:

•  Data comparison: We checked a sample of the internal 
data used in the model back to the Group’s and Bank’s 
underlying source. We also checked the external inputs  
of collateral valuations to supporting documentation.

•  Methodology implementation: We assessed whether  
the model, if applied as designed, would perform the 
impairment calculation as intended.

Our audit procedures over the Group’s stage 2 and 3 loans 
where impairment indicators had been identified included:

•  Test of detail: We tested the completeness of the Group’s 
listing of loans classified as stage 2 or 3 by assessing the 
accuracy of arrears reporting.

•  Assessing valuers credential: We evaluated the competence 

of the valuers engaged by the directors to support the 
valuation of collateral. This included consideration of their 
qualifications and expertise.

•  Sensitivity analysis: We performed sensitivity analysis  

over the collateral valuation, time to sell and probability  
of default assumptions.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201837

Revenue Recognition: Effective Interest Rate

Group: £65.3 million; (2017: £47.4 million)

The risk
Group 
Subjective estimate
Using models, interest and fees earned and incurred on loans 
are recognised using the effective interest rate (‘EIR’) method 
that spreads directly attributable expected cash flows over  
the expected lives of the loans. The expected lives of loans  
are uncertain.

The most significant areas where we identified greater levels 
of management judgement are:

•  Accounting implications: for originated loans, transaction 
costs are required to be spread over the EIR period. Given 
that transaction costs are often one-off costs, usually 
occurring either at the start or at the end of the contract,  
it is not uncommon for these to be overlooked when 
constructing EIR models.

•  Calculation error: the EIR model is complex and so open  
to the possibility of arithmetical errors and that modelling 
principles are not in accordance with accounting 
requirements.

•  Data capture: the EIR model uses data about the Group’s 
loans that are sourced in other systems. The transfer of 
data from the underlying system to the EIR model is a 
manual process. There is a risk that the data used in the 
model is inaccurate.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that revenue recognition; effective 
interest rate has a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with 
a potential range of reasonable outcomes greater than our 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole, and 
possibly many times that amount. Note 4 discloses the 
sensitivities estimated by the Group.

Refer to page 29 (Audit Committee Report), Note 3.4 (accounting policy) 
and Note 8 (financial disclosures).

Our response

Our procedures included: 

•  Methodology implementation: We compared the application 
of the EIR methodology and the cash flows included in the 
models with the relevant accounting standard, checking that 
the model included the appropriate transaction costs.

•  Tests of detail: Through sample testing we assessed 
whether the model performs the EIR calculation as 
designed.

•  Control operations: We visited the servicer for the loan 
book not administered by the Group to test the relevant 
controls over the recording of loan balances and interest  
at these entities.

•  Data capture: We performed sample testing to assess  

the accuracy and consistency of the information provided 
by the servicer company to the Group; and that this is 
appropriately captured in the models.

•  Sensitivity analysis: We assessed the models for their 

sensitivity to changes in the key assumptions by considering 
different profiles to help us assess the reasonableness of the 
assumptions used and identify areas of potential additional 
focus.

•  Historical comparison: We critically assessed the Group’s 
cash flow forecasts by comparing them to current and past 
performance of the Group’s portfolios, including recent 
cash collections.

•  Assessing transparency: We evaluated whether the 

disclosures appropriately reflect and address the level of 
subjective estimation that exists when determining revenue 
recognition on the Group’s loan portfolios. In addition,  
we challenged whether the disclosure of the key estimates 
and assumptions made was sufficiently clear.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201838

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

Investment Properties

Group: £67.1 million; (2017: £59.4 million)

The risk
Group 
Subjective valuation
Investment property requires the directors to apply  
significant judgments and estimates to its fair value 
assessment. The directors have prepared models with input 
from professional advisors to calculate the fair value of the 
investment properties. As a result there is an inherent risk 
that the assumptions used in the calculations are not 
complete, accurate or appropriate.

The effect of these matters is that, as part of our risk 
assessment, we determined that investment properties have  
a high degree of estimation uncertainty, with a potential 
range of reasonable outcomes greater than our materiality  
for the financial statements as a whole, and possibly many 
times that amount. Note 4 discloses the sensitivities  
estimated by the Group.

Refer to page 29 (Audit Committee Report), Note 3.17 (accounting 
policy) and Note 31 (financial disclosures).

Our response

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing valuers’ credentials: We evaluated the competence 
of the experts engaged by the Group to support the valuation 
methodologies and key assumptions. This included 
consideration of their qualifications and expertise.

•  Our property valuation expertise: With the assistance  
of our property valuation specialists, we challenged the 
valuation approaches and assumptions determined by  
the directors.

•  Benchmarking assumptions: We compared the Group’s key 
assumptions on yields taking into account market data and 
asset-specific considerations. We also considered whether 
other key assumptions applied by the Group (i.e. estimated 
future rental value) were supported by available data.

•  Sensitivity analysis: We have undertaken sensitivity analysis 
over the key valuation assumptions (i.e. yields, renovation 
costs and future rental value).

•  Assessing transparency: We assessed the adequacy of  
the investment property disclosures by reference to the 
requirements in IAS 40.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201839

Recoverability of Parent Company’s investment  
in subsidiaries

Parent: £134.6 million; (2017: £97.8 million)

The risk
Parent 
Recoverability of investment
The carrying value of the Parent Company’s investment in 
subsidiaries represents 79% (2017: 70%) of the Company’s 
total assets. Recoverability of the investment is not considered 
a high risk of significant misstatement or subject to significant 
judgement. However, due to the materiality of the investment 
in the context of the Parent Company financial statements, 
this is considered to be the area that had the greatest focus  
of our overall Parent Company audit.

Refer to Note 3.1a (accounting policy) and Note 43 (financial disclosures).

Our response

Our procedures included: 

•  Tests of detail: Compared the carrying amount of a  
sample of the highest value investments, representing  
98% (2017: 98%) of the total investment balance with  
the relevant subsidiaries’ balance sheet to identify whether 
their net assets, being an approximation of their minimum 
recoverable amount, were in excess of their carrying  
amount and assessing whether those subsidiaries have 
historically been profit-making.

•  Assessing subsidiary audits: Assessing the work  

performed during the subsidiary audits on that sample  
of those subsidiaries and considering the results of that 
work, on those subsidiaries’ profits and net assets.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201840

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

3.  Our application of materiality and an overview of 

the scope of our audit 

Materiality for the Group financial statements as a whole was 
set at £600,000 (2017: £570,000). This was determined with 
reference to the performance of the individual components 
within the Group, representing 8.8% (2017: 8%) of Group 
profit before tax.

Materiality for the Parent Company financial statements as a 
whole was set at £386,000(2017: £406,000), determined with 
reference to a benchmark of Parent Company profit before 
tax, of which it represents 4.5% (2017: 4.5% of Parent 
Company profit before tax).

We reported to the Audit Committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £30,000 
(2017: £28,500), in addition to other identified misstatements 
that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

How we scoped our audit:

Of the Group’s 6 (2017: 3) components, we subjected 6 
(2017: 3) to full scope audits for group purposes. The 
components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
100% (2017: 100%) of Group revenue, 100% (2017: 100%) 
of Group profit before tax and 100% of Group total assets 
(2017: 100%).

The Group team approved the component materialities which 
ranged from £40,000 to £530,000 (2017: £130,000 to 
£515,000), having regard to the mix of size and risk profile of 
the Group and components.

The audit of one (2017: one) component was performed by a 
UK component audit team. The audit of the remainder of the 
Group was performed by the Group audit team.

The Group team instructed the component auditor as to the 
significant areas to be covered, including the relevant risks 
detailed above and the information to be reported back.

Telephone conference meetings were held with the component 
auditor. At these meetings, the findings reported to the Group 
team were discussed in more detail, and any further work 
required by the Group team was then performed by the 
component auditor.

Group profit before tax
£6,780,000 (2017: £6,971,000)

Group materiality
£600,000 (2017: £570,000)

£600,000
Whole financial 
statements materiality(cid:31)
(2017: £570,000)

£530,000
Range of materiality 
at 6 components 
£40,000 - £530,000 (cid:31)
(2017: £130,000 – 
£515,000)

£30,000
Misstatements 
reported to the 
audit committee
(2017: £28,500)

   Group profit before tax

   Group materiality

0
0

100%

(2017: 100%)

100
100

0
0

100%

(2017: 100%)

100
100

Group revenue 

Group profit before tax

0
0

100%

(2017: 100%)

100
100

Group total assets 

   Full scope for group audit 

purposes 2018

   Full scope for group audit 

purposes 2017

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201841

4.  We have nothing to report on going concern 

Based on this work, we are required to report to you if:

The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the 
going concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the 
Company or the Group or to cease their operations, and as 
they have concluded that the Company’s and the Group’s 
financial position means that this is realistic. They have also 
concluded that there are no material uncertainties that could 
have cast significant doubt over their ability to continue as a 
going concern for at least a year from the date of approval  
of the financial statements (“the going concern period”).

Our responsibility is to conclude on the appropriateness of 
the Directors’ conclusions and, had there been a material 
uncertainty related to going concern, to make reference to 
that in this audit report. However, as we cannot predict all 
future events or conditions and as subsequent events may 
result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgments that 
were reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of 
reference to a material uncertainty in this auditor’s report is 
not a guarantee that the group or the company will continue 
in operation.

In our evaluation of the Directors’ conclusions, we considered 
the inherent risks to the Group’s and Company’s business 
model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s 
and Company’s financial resources or ability to continue 
operations over the going concern period. The risks that we 
considered most likely to adversely affect the Group’s and 
Company’s available financial resources over this period was 
the impact of Brexit on the Group and Company’s liquidity 
and capital resources, in particular:

•  availability of funding and liquidity in the event of a 

market wide stress scenario including the impact of Brexit, 
and

•  impact on regulatory capital requirements and resources  

in the event of an economic slowdown or recession.

As these were risks that could potentially cast significant 
doubt on the Group’s and the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern, we considered sensitivities over the level 
of available financial resources indicated by the Group’s 
financial forecasts taking account of reasonably possible  
(but not unrealistic) adverse effects that could arise from 
these risks individually and collectively and evaluated the 
achievability of the actions the Directors consider they would 
take to improve the position should the risks materialise.

•  we have anything material to add or draw attention to in 

relation to the directors’ statement in Note 2e to the 
financial statements on the use of the going concern basis  
of accounting with no material uncertainties that may cast 
significant doubt over the Group and Company’s use of 
that basis for a period of at least a year from the date of 
approval of the financial statements.

We have nothing to report in these respects, and we did not 
identify going concern as a key audit matter.

5.  We have nothing to report on the other information 

in the Annual Report 

The directors are responsible for the other information 
presented in the Annual Report together with the financial 
statements. Our opinion on the financial statements does not 
cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not 
express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly stated below, 
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in 
doing so, consider whether, based on our financial statements 
audit work, the information therein is materially misstated or 
inconsistent with the financial statements or our audit 
knowledge. Based solely on that work we have not identified 
material misstatements in the other information. 

Strategic report and directors’ report
Based solely on our work on the other information:

•  we have not identified material misstatements in the 

strategic report and the directors’ report; 

•  in our opinion the information given in those reports for 

the financial year is consistent with the financial statements; 
and 

•  in our opinion those reports have been prepared in 

accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Disclosures of principal risks and longer-term viability
Based on the knowledge we acquired during our financial 
statements audit, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to:

•  the directors’ confirmation within the director’s report on 
page 22 that they have carried out a robust assessment of 
the principal risks facing the Group, including those that 
would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency and liquidity;

•  the Risks and Uncertainties disclosures describing these 
risks and explaining how they are being managed and 
mitigated; and

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201842

Independent Auditor’s Report
to the members of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC continued

•  the directors’ explanation in the Group Directors’ Report - 

7.  Respective responsibilities

Viability Statement of how they have assessed the prospects 
of the Group, over what period they have done so and why 
they considered that period to be appropriate, and their 
statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of their 
assessment, including any related disclosures drawing 
attention to any necessary qualifications or assumptions.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context 
of only the knowledge acquired during our financial 
statements audit. As we cannot predict all future events or 
conditions and as subsequent events may result in outcomes 
that are inconsistent with judgments that were reasonable at 
the time they were made, the absence of anything to report  
on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
Company’s longer-term viability.

Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to report to you if:

•  we have identified material inconsistencies between the 
knowledge we acquired during our financial statements 
audit and the directors’ statement that they consider that 
the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Group’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy; or

•  the section of the annual report describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

We have nothing to report in these respects.

6.  We have nothing to report on the other matters on 
which we are required to report by exception 

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report  
to you if, in our opinion: 

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have 
not been received from branches not visited by us; or 

•  the Parent Company financial statements are not in 

agreement with the accounting records and returns; or 

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified  

by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit. 

We have nothing to report in these respects.

Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 24, 
the directors are responsible for: the preparation of the 
financial statements including being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view; such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements 
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error; assessing the Group and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend  
to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and  
to issue our opinion in an auditor’s report. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not guarantee 
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could 
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions  
of users taken on the basis of the financial statements. 

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the 
FRC’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 

Irregularities – ability to detect
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could 
reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the 
annual accounts from our general commercial and sector 
experience, through discussion with the directors (as required 
by auditing standards), and from inspection of the Group’s 
regulatory correspondence and discussed with the directors 
the policies and procedures regarding compliance with laws 
and regulations. We communicated identified laws and 
regulations throughout our team and remained alert to any 
indications of non-compliance throughout the audit.  
The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the 
annual accounts varies considerably.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201843

8.  The purpose of our audit work and to whom we 

owe our responsibilities 

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as  
a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the 
Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company’s members those 
matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report 
and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a 
body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed.

Pamela McIntyre
(Senior Statutory Auditor)  
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants  
15 Canada Square 
London 
E14 5GL

27 March 2019

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that 
directly affect the annual accounts including financial 
reporting legislation (including related companies legislation, 
distributable profits legislation and taxation legislation), and 
we assessed the extent of compliance with these laws and 
regulations as part of our procedures on the related financial 
statement items.

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and 
regulations where the consequences of non-compliance could 
have a material effect on amounts or disclosures in the annual 
accounts, for instance through the imposition of fines or 
litigation or the loss of the Group’s licence to operate.  
We identified the following areas as those most likely to have 
such an effect: regulatory capital and liquidity, conduct, 
financial crime including money laundering and certain 
aspects of company legislation recognising the financial and 
regulated nature of the Group’s activities.

Through these procedures we became aware of actual or 
suspected non-compliance and considered the effect as part  
of our procedures on the related financial statement items  
The actual or suspected non-compliance was not sufficiently 
significant to our audit to result in our response being 
identified as a key audit matter.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an 
unavoidable risk that we may not have detected some 
material misstatements in the annual accounts, even though 
we have properly planned and performed our audit in 
accordance with auditing standards. For example, the further 
removed non-compliance with laws and regulations 
(irregularities) is from the events and transactions reflected in 
the financial statement , the less likely the inherently limited 
procedures required by auditing standards would identify it. 
In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of 
non-detection of irregularities, as these may involve collusion, 
forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal controls. We are not responsible for 
preventing non-compliance and cannot be expected to detect 
non-compliance with all laws and regulations. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201844

Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income

Note

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

Interest income

Interest expense
Net interest income

Fee and commission income

Fee and commission expense
Net fee and commission income

Operating income

Net impairment loss on financial assets

Other income

Operating expenses
Profit before tax from continuing operations

Income tax expense
Profit after tax from continuing operations

Profit from discontinued operations after tax

(Loss)/profit for the year

Other comprehensive income
Items that are or may be reclassified to profit or loss
Available-for-sale reserve

Available-for-sale reserve – Associate

Tax on other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value through 
other comprehensive income

Tax on other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive (loss)/income for the period, net of tax

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the period

Profit attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company

(Loss)/profit for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the period

Year ended
31 December
2018
£000

Year ended
31 December
2017
£000

65,290 

(10,107)
55,183 

12,956 

(234)
12,722 

67,905 

(2,731)

6,588 

(64,982)
6,780 

(1,121)
5,659 

(25,692)

(20,033)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(13,893)

(26)

(13,919)

(33,952)

(20,033)

(20,033)

(33,952)

(33,952)

47,427 

(6,334)
41,093 

13,805 

(282)
13,523 

54,616 

(394)

3,033 

(54,721)
2,534 

(448)
2,086 

4,437 

6,523 

128 

389 

(104)

 – 

 – 

413 

6,936 

6,523 

6,523 

6,936 

6,936 

14.0 

29.9 

43.9 

14.0 

29.9 

43.9 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the equity holders of the Company during the year (expressed in pence per share):
Basic earnings per share – Continuing operations

16

38.0 

Basic earnings per share – Discontinued operations

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share – Continuing operations

Diluted earnings per share – Discontinued operations

Diluted earnings per share

16

16

16

16

16

(172.5)

(134.5)

38.0 

(172.5)

(134.5)

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement 
of Financial Position

45

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost/held-to-maturity
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Interests in associates
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Investment property

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Share capital
Retained earnings
Other reserves

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2018
£000

At
31 December
2017
£000

17

18

19

20

21

22

24

25

26

27

28

30

31

37

38

38

32

21

33

34

35

405,325
54,173
342,691
8,002
1,846
1,224,656
12,716
35,351
1,490
– 
16,538
5,304

67,081

2,175,173

153
209,083
(13,280)

195,956

232,675
188
1,714,286
236
18,549
13,283

1,979,217

2,175,173

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,915
2,551
1,049,269
20,624
2,347
1,527
83,804
15,995
3,962

59,439

1,853,232

153
237,171
(949)

236,375

195,097
931
1,390,781
705
16,239
13,104

1,616,857

1,853,232

The financial statements on pages 44 to 127 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 27 March 2019 and  
were signed on its behalf by:

Sir Henry Angest
Director

J.R. Cobb
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46

Company Statement 
of Financial Position

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in associates
Interests in subsidiaries

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
Share capital
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Total liabilities

Total equity and liabilities

Note

At
31 December
2018
£000

At
31 December
2017
£000

18

25

26

28

30

24

27

43

37

38

38

34

35

17,008 
19,313 
52 
113 
6 
208 
42 
 – 
134,614 

171,356 

153 
(8,133)
162,729 

154,749 

 – 
3,324 
13,283 

16,607 

171,356 

36,103 
140 
 – 
641 
 – 
157 
199 
5,056 
97,802 

140,098 

153 
(1,111)
124,659 

123,701 

152 
3,141 
13,104 

16,397 

140,098 

The Company has elected to take the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to present the Parent Company 
profit and loss account. The profit for the Parent Company for the year is presented in the Statement of Changes in Equity.

The financial statements on pages 44 to 127 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of directors on 27 March 2019 and  
were signed on its behalf by:

Sir Henry Angest 
Director

J.R. Cobb 
Director

Registered Number: 1954085

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
47

Retained 
earnings
£000

237,171 
(2,090)

Total
£000

236,375 
(2,090)

Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Share
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Fair value
 reserve*
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Balance at 31 December 2017
IFRS 9 adjustment net of tax

Balance at 1 January 2018

Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for 2018

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income**
Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Final dividend relating to 2017
Interim dividend relating to 2018

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

153 
 – 

153

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 
 – 

20 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

(1,131)
 – 

162 
 – 

162 

(1,131)

235,081 

234,285 

 – 

 – 

(20,033)

(20,033)

(13,893)
(26)

(13,919)

(13,919)

 – 
1,588 
 – 
 – 

1,588 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

(13,893)
(26)

(13,919)

(20,033)

(33,952)

685 
(1,588)
(2,829)
(2,233)

685 
 – 
(2,829)
(2,233)

(5,965)

(4,377)

Balance at 31 December 2018

153 

20 

(12,169)

(1,131)

209,083 

195,956 

*  The Available-for-sale reserve in 2017 was reclassified to the Fair value reserve as from 1 January 2018 with the introduction of IFRS 9.

** Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48

Consolidated Statement 
of Changes in Equity continued

Balance at 1 January 2017

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2017

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Available-for-sale reserve – net change in fair value
Available-for-sale reserve – Associate – net change  
in fair value

Tax on other comprehensive income

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Equity settled share based payment transactions
Final dividend relating to 2016
Interim dividend relating to 2017

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2017

Attributable to equity holders of the Group

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

Available-
for-sale
reserve
£000

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

20 

(251)

(1,131)

235,567 

234,358 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 

 – 

128 

389 

(104)

413 

413 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

6,523 

6,523 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

128 

389 

(104)

413 

6,523 

6,936 

(155)
(2,680)
(2,084)

(155)
(2,680)
(2,084)

(4,919)

(4,919)

162 

(1,131)

237,171 

236,375 

Share 
capital
£000

153 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

153 

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Changes in Equity

Balance at 1 January 2017

Total comprehensive income for the period
Loss for 2017

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Equity settled share based payment transactions
Final dividend relating to 2016
Interim dividend relating to 2017

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2017

Total comprehensive income for the period
Profit for 2018

Other comprehensive income, net of income tax
Changes in fair value of equity investments at fair value 
through other comprehensive income**

Total other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the period

Transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity
Contributions by and distributions to owners
Unwind Employee Trust
Sale of Secure Trust Bank shares
Transfer of Secure Trust Bank shares to AL
Final dividend relating to 2017
Interim dividend relating to 2018

Total contributions by and distributions to owners

Balance at 31 December 2018

49

Attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Share
capital
£000

Capital 
redemption 
reserve
£000

153 

20 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

153 

 – 

– 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

153 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

20 

Fair value/
available-
for-sale 
reserve*
£000

 – 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

– 

(10,624)

(10,624)

(10,624)

 – 
1,588 
2,014 
 – 
 – 

3,602 

Treasury 
shares
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

(1,131)

133,847 

132,889 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

(4,269)

(4,269)

– 

– 

(4,269)

(4,269)

(155)
(2,680)
(2,084)

(155)
(2,680)
(2,084)

(4,919)

(4,919)

(1,131)

124,659 

123,701 

 – 

– 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

46,049 

46,049 

– 

 – 

 – 

– 

(10,624)

(10,624)

46,049 

35,425 

685 
(1,588)
(2,014)
(2,829)
(2,233)

685 
 – 
 – 
(2,829)
(2,233)

(7,979)

(4,377)

(7,022)

(1,131)

162,729 

154,749 

*   The Available-for-sale reserve in 2017 was reclassified to the Fair value reserve as from 1 January 2018 with the introduction of IFRS 9.

** Mainly relate to movement in STB share price. There is currently no tax implications to the movement as the shareholding still qualifies for significant 

shareholding exemption.

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
50

Consolidated Statement 
of Cash Flows

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2017
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Interest received
Interest paid
Fees and commissions received
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating profits before changes in operating assets 
and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
– net increase in derivative financial instruments
– net increase in loans and advances to customers
– net decrease/(increase) in other assets
– net increase in amounts due to customers
– net increase/(decrease) in other liabilities

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Disposal of financial investments
Purchase of computer software
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of investment property
Disposal of Tarn Crag (Holdings) Limited
Purchase of Renaissance Asset Finance Limited
Cash balance acquired through Renaissance Asset Finance Limited 
acquisition
Purchase of debt securities
Proceeds from redemption of debt securities

Net cash outflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Increase/(decrease) in borrowings
Dividends paid

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

28

30

30

31

27

29

29

41

73,879 
(8,290)
13,669 
6,588 
(84,216)
(1,217)

413 

(38)
(180,600)
4,758  
323,505 
2,310 

150,348 

9,301 
(2,294)
(2,482)
97 
 (879) 
 – 
 – 

 – 
(467,772)
356,883 

(107,146)

37,578 
(5,062)

32,516 

75,718 
383,780 

459,498 

43,389 
(6,093)
8,682 
3,033 
(47,600)
(379)

1,032 

(331)
(233,175)
(7,952)
392,937 
(843)

151,668 

 – 
(2,641)
(666)
 – 
(6,421)
900 
(2,072)

2,815 
(211,080)
90,410 

(128,755)

132,928 
(4,764)

128,164 

151,077 
232,703 

383,780 

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Statement 
of Cash Flows

51

Note

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2017
£000

Cash flows from operating activities
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Interest received
Interest paid
Other income
Cash payments to employees and suppliers
Taxation paid

Cash flows from operating profit/(loss) before changes in operating 
assets and liabilities
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
– net decrease/(increase) in group company balances
– net (increase)/decrease in other assets
– net increase in other liabilities

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Increase investment in subsidiary
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Net cash (outflow)/inflow from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December

43

30

41

3,056 
84 
(559)
52,260 
(50,316)
(402)

4,123 

155 
(1)
187 

4,464 

(18,500)
97 
(94)

(18,497)

(5,062)

(5,062)

(19,095)
36,103 

17,008 

2,618 
202 
(513)
1,643 
(7,977)
 – 

(4,027)

(1,788)
690 
120 

(5,005)

(43,200)
 – 
 – 

(43,200)

(4,764)

(4,764)

(52,969)
89,072 

36,103 

The notes on pages 52 to 127 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements

1. Reporting entity

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC is a company domiciled in the United Kingdom. The registered address of Arbuthnot Banking  
Group PLC is 7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN. The consolidated financial statements of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC as  
at and for the year ended 31 December 2018 comprise Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC and its subsidiaries (together referred to as  
the “Group” and individually as “subsidiaries”). The Company is the holding company of a group primarily involved in banking  
and financial services.

2. Basis of preparation

(a) Statement of compliance
The Group’s consolidated financial statements and the Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs as adopted and endorsed by the EU) and the Companies Act 2006 applicable  
to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 27 March 2019.

(b) Basis of measurement
The consolidated and company financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by investment 
property and derivatives, financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or other comprehensive income.

(c) Functional and presentational currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentational currency.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also 
requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher 
degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements 
are disclosed in Note 4.

(e) Going concern
After making appropriate enquiries which assessed strategy, profitability, funding, risk management (see Note 6) and capital resources 
(see Note 7), the directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. The financial statements are therefore prepared on the going concern basis.

(f) Accounting developments
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, except for the following:

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. It replaces IAS 39 Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The Group has adopted IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018. This results in changes in accounting 
policies previously recognised in the financial statements. 

In accordance with the transitional arrangements of IFRS 9 comparative figures have not been restated. However, as required by the 
transitional arrangements if prior periods are not restated, any difference arising between IAS 39 carrying amounts and IFRS 9 
carrying amounts at 1 January 2018 are recognised in opening retained earnings (or in other comprehensive income, as applicable)  
at 1 January 2018.

IFRS 9 introduces key changes in the following areas:

•  Classification and measurement, that is based on the business model and contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial 

instruments.

•  Impairment, introducing an expected credit loss model using forward looking information which replaces the incurred loss model. 

The expected loss model introduces a three stage approach to impairment.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201853

(a) Classification and measurement
The Group classifies financial assets into one of the three following categories:

•  Amortised cost, financial assets held in a business model in order to collect contractual cash flows, where the contractual terms  
of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the 
principal amount outstanding. 

•  Fair value through other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”), financial assets held in a business model which collects contractual cash 
flows and sells financial assets where the contractual terms of the financial assets give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are 
solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding. The Group currently has no financial assets 
within this business model. 

•  Fair value through profit or loss (“FVPL), assets not measured at amortised cost or FVOCI. There is an option to make an 

irrevocable election on initial recognition for non-traded equity investments to be measured at FVOCI, in which case dividends are 
recognised in profit or loss, but gains or losses are not reclassified to profit or loss upon de-recognition, and impairment is not 
recognised in the income statement. The election can be made on an instrument by instrument basis.

IFRS 9 has not changed the classification or measurement of the Groups financial liabilities.

(b) Impairment
IFRS 9 replaced the IAS 39 “incurred loss” impairment recognition framework with a three stage expected credit loss approach 
(“ECL”). The three stages under IFRS 9 are as follows:

•  Stage 1 – entities are required to recognise a 12 month ECL allowance on initial recognition.

•  Stage 2 – a lifetime loss allowance is held for assets where a significant increase in credit risk has been identified since initial 

recognition for financial assets that are not credit impaired. The assessment of whether credit risk has increased significantly since 
initial recognition is performed for each reporting period for the life of the loan.

•  Stage 3 – a lifetime ECL allowance is required for financial assets that are credit impaired at the reporting date.

Measurement of ECL
The assessment of credit risk and the estimation of ECL are unbiased and probability weighted. ECL is measured on either a 12 month 
(Stage 1) or lifetime (Stage 2) basis depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or 
where an account meets the Group’s definition of default (Stage 3).

The ECL calculation is a product of an individual loan’s probability of default (‘PD’), exposure at default (‘EAD’) and loss given 
default (‘LGD’) discounted at the effective interest rate (‘EIR’).

Significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) (movement to Stage 2)
The Group’s transfer criteria determines what constitutes a significant increase in credit risk, which results in a financial asset being 
moved from Stage 1 to Stage 2. The Group has determined that a significant increase in credit risk arises when an individual borrower 
is more than 30 days past due or if forbearance measures have been put in place.

The Group monitors the ongoing appropriateness of the transfer criteria, where any proposed amendments will be reviewed and 
approved by the Groups Credit Committees at least annually and more frequently if required.

A borrower will move back into stage 1 conditional upon both a minimum of 6 months’ good account conduct and the improvement 
of the Client’s situation to the extent that the probability of default has receded sufficiently and a full repayment of the loan, without 
recourse to the collateral, is likely.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201854

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

2. Basis of preparation (continued)

Definition of default (movement to Stage 3)
The Group uses a number of qualitative and quantitative criteria to determine whether an account meets the definition of default and 
as a result moves into Stage 3. The criteria are as follows:

•  The rebuttable assumption that more than 90 days past due is an indicator of default. The Group therefore deems more than  

90 days past due as an indicator of default, except for cases where the customer is already within forbearance. This will ensure that 
the policy is aligned with the Basel/Regulatory definition of default.

•  The Group has also deemed it appropriate to classify accounts where there has been a breach in agreed forbearance arrangements, 

recovery action is in hand or Bankruptcy proceedings or similar insolvency process of a client, or director of a company.

A borrower will move out of Stage 3 when their credit risk improves such that they are no longer past due and remain up to date for 
an internally approved period.

Forward looking macroeconomic scenarios
IFRS 9 requires the entity to consider the risk of default and impairment loss taking into account expectations of economic changes 
that are reasonable.

The Group uses a bespoke macroeconomic model to determine the most significant factors which may influence the likelihood  
of an exposure defaulting in the future. At present, the most significant macroeconomic factor relates to property prices. The Group 
currently consider five probability weighted scenarios. The model adopts five probability weighted scenarios no change, severe, 
moderate, growth and decline. The Group has derived an approach for factoring probability weighted macroeconomic forecasts  
into ECL calculations, adjusting PD and LGD estimates. 

Expected life 
IFRS 9 requires lifetime expected credit losses to be measured over the expected life. Currently the Group considers the loan’s behavioural 
life is equal to the contractual loan term. This approach will continue to be monitored and enhanced if and when deemed appropriate.

Transition disclosures
The following table shows the original measurement categories in accordance with IAS 39 and the new measurement categories under 
IFRS 9 for the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities as at 1 January 2018:

Financial assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Financial investments – Equity
Financial investments – Debt

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities 
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

Original classification 
under IAS 39

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Held-to-maturity
FVPL
Loans and receivables
Available-for-sale
Available-for-sale

Amortised cost
Amortised cost
FVPL

Carrying amount 
under IAS 39 on 
31 December 2017 
£000

New classification 
under IFRS 9

Carrying amount 
under IFRS 9 on 
1 January 2018 
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,551
1,049,269
1,635
712

1,664,966

195,097
1,390,781
931

1,586,809

Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Mandatorily at FVPL
Amortised cost
Designated FVOCI
FVPL

Amortised cost
Amortised cost
Mandatorily at FVPL

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,551
1,046,689
1,635
712

1,662,386

195,097
1,390,781
931

1,586,809

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55

The following table sets out the impact of adopting IFRS 9 on the statement of financial position carrying amounts and retained earnings 
as at 1 January 2018. Only balances impacted by the transition to IFRS 9 are included in the table; all other balances are unchanged.

Group
Impact of adoption of IFRS 9 on retained earnings

Recognition of expected credit losses under IFRS 9
Related tax

Impact at 1 January 2018

£000

2,580
(490)

2,090

Impact of adopting IFRS 9 on the impairment of the financial assets 
The most significant impact on the Group’s financial statements from the adoption of IFRS 9 results from the new impairment 
requirements. On the adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, the increase in loss allowances (before tax) was £2.6m.

The following table reconciles the closing impairment for financial assets in accordance with IAS 39 as at 31 December 2017, to the 
opening ECL allowance determined in accordance with IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2018:

Group

IAS 39 carrying 
amount on 
31 December 2017
£000

Re-measurement
£000

Loans and advances to customers (gross)
Less allowances for impairment

Loans and advances to customers

1,050,631
(1,362)

1,049,269

 – 
(2,580)

(2,580)

IFRS 9 opening 
balance on 
1 January 2019
£000

1,050,631
(3,942)

1,046,689

Of which

Stage 2
£000

29,502
(1,178)

28,324

Stage 1
£000

992,252
(1,244)

991,008

Stage 3
£000

28,877
(1,520)

27,357

The ECL coverage as a percentage of gross loans and advances at 1 January 2018 was 0.38% and by Stage as follows: Stage 1 - 0.13%, 
Stage 2 - 3.99% and Stage 3 - 5.26%.

Forward looking information 
The Group incorporates forward looking information (FLI) into the assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in 
credit risk and the calculation of ECLs. 

IFRS 9 requires an unbiased and probability weighted estimate of credit losses by evaluating a range of possible outcomes that 
incorporates forecasts of future economic conditions. FLI is required to be incorporated into the measurement of ECL as well as the 
determination of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since origination. Measurement of ECLs at each reporting 
period should reflect reasonable and supportable information at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts 
of future economic conditions. Forecasts for key macroeconomic variables that most closely correlate with the Bank’s portfolio are 
used to produce five economic scenarios, comprising of no change, upside case, downside case, moderate stress and severe stress, and 
the impacts of these scenarios are then probability weighted. The estimation and application of this forward looking information will 
require significant judgement. External information is used to produce the forecast information.

Transition impact including impact on capital
The Group recorded an adjustment to its opening retained earnings as at 1 January 2018 to reflect the application of the new 
requirements at the adoption date, and has not restated comparative periods. The total adjustment to capital was £2.8m.

Under IFRS 9, the Group’s CET1 ratio has reduced by approximately 1 basis points after transitional relief (23 basis points before 
transitional relief). This is mainly driven by the increase in IFRS 9 ECL for standardised portfolios that directly impacts CET1 as there 
is no regulatory deduction to absorb the increase.

CET 1 ratio

•  17.32% under IAS 39 at 31 December 2017;

•  17.09% under IFRS 9 at 1 January 2018 before transitional relief;

•  17.31% under IFRS 9 at 1 January 2018 after transitional relief.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
56

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

2. Basis of preparation (continued)

Transition impact including impact on capital (continued)
Transitional relief relates to the phasing of the impact of the initial adoption of ECL as permitted by Regulation (EU) 2017/2395 of the 
European Parliament and Council. The Group has adopted the transitional relief. Under this approach, the balance of ECL allowances 
in excess of the regulatory excess EL and standardised portfolios are phased into the CET1 capital base over 5 years. The proportion 
phased in for the balance at each reporting period is 2018: 5%; 2019 15%; 2020 30%; 2021 50%; 2022 75%. From 2023 onwards, 
there is no transitional relief.

Impact on Governance and Controls
The Group plans to apply its existing governance framework to ensure that appropriate controls and validations are in place over key 
processes and judgments to determine the ECL. As part of the implementation, the Group has refined existing internal controls and 
implemented new controls where required in areas that are impacted by IFRS 9, including controls over the development and 
probability weighting of macroeconomic scenarios, credit risk data and systems, and the determination of a significant increase in 
credit risk.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with customers
On 1 January 2018, the Group adopted the requirements of IFRS 15. IFRS 15 established a comprehensive framework for revenue 
recognition. It replaces existing revenue recognition guidance, including IAS 18 Revenue.

IFRS 15 establishes the principles to apply when reporting information about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue 
and cash flows from a contract with a customer. The standard introduces a five step revenue recognition model to be applied to all 
contracts with customers to determine whether, how much, and when revenue is recognised. 

The new standard replaces IAS 18 ‘Revenue’, IAS 11 ‘Construction Contracts’ and related interpretations. It applies to all revenue 
arising from contracts with customers but does not apply to insurance contracts, financial instruments or lease contracts, which fall 
under the scope of other IFRS standards. It also does not apply if two companies in the same line of business exchange non-monetary 
assets to facilitate sales to other parties. Of particular note, interest income, the main source of revenue for the Group, falls outside the 
scope of IFRS 15. 

The Group also generates fees from banking services, primarily management fees and commissions. Fees in respect of banking services 
are recognised in line with the satisfaction of performance obligations. This can be either at a point in time or over time, in line with 
the provision of the service to the customer. The majority of banking services are performed at a point in time and payment is due from 
a customer at the time a transaction takes place. For services performed over time, payment is generally due in line with the satisfaction 
of performance obligations. The costs of providing these banking services are incurred as the services are rendered. The price is usually 
fixed and always determinable.

The Group has adopted IFRS 15 using the cumulative effect method (without practical expedients), as such the standard is applied as 
of 1 January 2018 and comparative information is not restated. The cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 15 is recognised as an 
adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. IFRS 15 is only applied retrospectively to contracts that are not completed 
contracts at 1 January 2018. 

The Group assessed its non-interest revenue streams that fall under the scope of IFRS 15 and determined that there was no material 
impact on the amount or timing of revenue to be recognised as a result of the adoption of IFRS 15. As such there is no adjustment to 
the opening balance of retained earnings or related tax balances. Furthermore, there is no impact to the consolidated statement of 
financial position or the consolidated statements of profit and loss and other comprehensive income. Revenue is disaggregated by 
reportable segment as detailed in Note 9.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201857

3. Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have 
been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

3.1. Consolidation
(a) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all investees (including special purpose entities) controlled by the Group. The Group controls an investee when it is 
exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the investee. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. The cost of an acquisition  
is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. 
Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the 
fair value of the Group’s shares of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the 
fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the Statement of Comprehensive Income as 
a gain on bargain purchase. Contingent consideration related to an acquisition is initially recognised at the date of acquisition as part 
of the consideration transferred, measured at its acquisition date fair value and recognised as a liability. The fair value of a contingent 
consideration liability recognised on acquisition is remeasured at key reporting dates until it is settled, changes in fair value are 
recognised in the profit or loss.

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment in value. 

Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses 
are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies 
adopted by the Group.

(b) Changes in ownership and non-controlling interests
Changes in ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in the loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions and no gain 
or loss is recognised. Adjustments to non-controlling interests are based on a proportionate amount of the net assets of the subsidiary.

When control of a subsidiary is lost, the Group derecognises the assets, liabilities, non-controlling interest and all other components of 
equity relating to the former subsidiary from the consolidated statement of financial position. Any resulting gain or loss is recognised 
in profit or loss. Any investment retained in the former subsidiary is recognised at its fair value at the date when control is lost.

(c) Special purpose entities
Special purpose entities (“SPEs”) are entities that are created to accomplish a narrow and well-defined objective such as the 
securitisation of particular assets or the execution of a specific borrowing or lending transaction. SPEs are consolidated when the 
investor controls the investee. The investor would only control the investee if it had all of the following:

•  power over the investee;

•  exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

•  the ability to use its power over the investee to affect the amount of the investor’s returns.

The assessment of whether the Group has control over an SPE is carried out at inception and the initial assessment is only reconsidered 
at a later date if there were any changes to the structure or terms of the SPE, or there were additional transactions between the Group 
and the SPE.

(d) Associates
Associates are those entities in which the Group has significant influence, but not control, over the financial and operating policies. 
Significant influence is presumed to exist when the Group holds between 20 and 50 percent of the voting power of another entity. 
Associates are accounted for using the equity method and are initially recognised at cost. The Group’s investment includes goodwill 
identified on acquisition, net of any accumulated impairment losses. The consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share of 
the total comprehensive income and equity movements of equity accounted investees, from the date that significant influence 
commences until the date that significant influence ceases. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an equity accounted 
investee, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the 
Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the investee.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201858

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

3.2. Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Board. The Group Board, 
which is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the chief 
operating decision maker. All transactions between segments are conducted on an arm’s length basis. Income and expenses directly 
associated with each segment are included in determining segment performance. There are six operating segments: 

•  Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking services as well as offering financial planning and investment management 

services.

•  Commercial Banking – Provides bespoke commercial banking services and tailored secured lending against property investments and 

other assets.

•  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value cars but also business assets.

•  All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Arbuthnot Commercial  

Asset-Based Lending, Arbuthnot Direct, Arbuthnot Specialist Finance, Dubai, Tay mortgage portfolio, Investment properties and 
Central costs).

•  Group Centre – ABG Group Centre management.

3.3. Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the spot exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such 
transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies 
are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Foreign exchange differences arising from translation of equity instruments, 
where an election has been made to present subsequent fair value changes in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”), will also be 
recognised in OCI.

3.4. Interest income and expense
Interest income and expense are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income for all instruments measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest rate (“EIR”) method.

The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the 
financial instrument to:

•  the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or

•  the amortised cost of the financial liability.

The ‘gross carrying amount of a financial asset’ is the amortised cost of a financial asset before adjusting for any expected credit loss 
allowance. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group takes into account all contractual terms of the financial instrument 
but does not consider expected credit losses. 

The calculation includes all fees paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, 
transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. The carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability is adjusted if the 
Group revises its estimates of payments or receipts. The adjusted carrying amount is calculated based on the original effective interest 
rate and the change in carrying amount is recorded as interest income or expense.

For financial assets that have become credit impaired following initial recognition, interest income is calculated by applying the 
effective interest rate to the amortised cost of the financial asset. If the asset is no longer credit impaired, then the calculation of interest 
income reverts to the gross basis.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201859

The Group monitors the actual cash flows for each acquired book and where they diverge significantly from expectation, the future 
cash flows are reset. Expectation may diverge due to factors such as one-off payments or expected credit losses. In assessing whether  
to adjust future cash flows on an acquired portfolio, the Group considers the cash variance on an absolute and percentage basis.  
The Group also considers the total variance across all acquired portfolios. Where cash flows for an acquired portfolio are reset, they 
are discounted at the EIR to derive a new carrying value, with changes taken to profit or loss as interest income. The EIR rate is 
adjusted for events where there is a change to the reference interest rate (Bank of England base rate) affecting portfolios with a variable 
interest rate which will impact future cash flows. The revised EIR is the rate which exactly discounts the revised cash flows to the net 
carrying value of the loan portfolio.

3.5. Fee and commission income
Fee and commission income which is integral to the EIR on a financial asset are included in the effective interest rate (see Note 3.4).

All other fee and commission income is recognised as the related services are performed, under IFRS 15. Fee and commission income  
is reported in the below segments.

Types of fee

Description

Banking commissions

–  Banking Tariffs are charged monthly for services provided.

Investment management fees 

–  Annual asset management fees relate to a single performance obligation that is continuously 

provided over an extended period of time.

Wealth planning fees 

–  Provision of bespoke, independent Wealth Planning solutions to Arbuthnot Latham’s clients to  

Foreign exchange fees

–  Provides foreign currencies for our clients to purchase/sell.

help them achieve their long-term financial goals.

The principles in applying IFRS 15 to fee and commission use the following 5 step model:

•  identify the contract(s) with a customer;

•  identify the performance obligations in the contract;

•  determine the transaction price;

•  allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and

•  recognise revenue when or as the Group satisfies its performance obligations.

Asset and other management, advisory and service fees are recognised, under IFRS 15, as the related services are performed.  
The same principle is applied for financial planning services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. 

The Group includes the transaction price, some or all of an amount of, variable consideration estimated only to the extent that it  
is highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the uncertainty 
associated with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

Policy applicable before 1 January 2018
Fees and commissions which are not considered integral to the effective interest rate are recognised on an accrual basis when the 
service has been provided.

Asset and other management, advisory and service fees are recognised on an accruals basis as the related services are performed.  
The same principle is applied for financial planning services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time. 

3.6. Rental income
Rental income is recognised on a straight line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral 
part of the total rental income over the term of the lease.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201860

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

3.7. Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business, the operations and cash flows of which can be clearly distinguished 
from the rest of the Group and which: 

•  represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;

•  is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or

•  is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sale.

Classification as a discontinued operation occurs on disposal or when the operation meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale 
(see Note 3.14), if earlier. When an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative Statement of Comprehensive 
Income is re-presented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start of the comparative year.

3.8. Financial assets and financial liabilities
3.8.1 Financial assets and financial liabilities (policy applicable from 1 January 2018)
IFRS 9 requires financial assets and liabilities to be measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income 
(“FVOCI”) or fair value through the profit and loss (“FVPL”). Liabilities are measured at amortised cost or FVPL. The Group 
classifies financial assets and financial liabilities in the following categories: financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL; FVOCI, 
financial assets and liabilities at amortised cost and other financial liabilities. Management determines the classification of its financial 
instruments at initial recognition. 

A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value plus, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its 
acquisition or issue with the exception of financial assets at FVPL where these costs are debited to the income statement.

(a) Financial instruments measured at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held to collect contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and 
interest are measured at amortised cost. A basic lending arrangement results in contractual cash flows that are solely payments of 
principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are predominantly loans and 
advances and debt securities. 

Loans and advances
Loans and advances are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable and the 
SPPI criteria are met. Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers inclusive of transaction costs. Loans and advances, 
other than those relating to assets leased to customers, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.  
The accounting for assets leased to customers is set out under Note 3.18(a).

Debt securities at amortised cost
Debt securities at amortised cost are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 
Group has determined meets the SPPI criteria. Debt security investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less any impairment loss.

(b) Financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL 
Financial assets and liabilities are classified at FVPL where they do not meet the criteria to be measured at amortised cost or FVOCI  
or where financial assets are designated at FVPL to reduce an accounting mismatch. They are measured at fair value in the statement  
of financial position, with fair value gains/losses recognised in the income statement.

Financial assets that are held for trading or managed within a business model that is evaluated on a fair value basis are measured  
at FVPL, because the business objective is neither hold-to-collect contractual cash flows nor hold-to-collect-and-sell contractual  
cash flows.

This category comprises derivative financial instruments and financial investments. Derivative financial instruments utilised by the 
Group include structured notes and derivatives used for hedging purposes. 

Financial assets and liabilities at FVPL are initially recognised on the date from which the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument, including any acquisition costs. Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities held 
in this category are carried at FVPL until the investment is sold.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201861

(c) Financial instruments at FVOCI
Financial instruments at FVOCI are those not classified as another category of financial assets. These include investments in special 
purpose vehicles and equity investments in unquoted vehicles. They may be sold in response to liquidity requirements, interest rate, 
exchange rate or equity price movements. Financial investments are initially recognised at cost, which is considered as the fair value of the 
investment including any acquisition costs. The securities are subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position. 

Fair value changes in the securities are recognised directly in equity (OCI). 

A debt instrument is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if it meets both of the following conditions:

•  the asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial  

assets; and

•  the contractual terms of the financial asset meet the SPPI criterion.

There is a rebuttable presumption that all equity investments are FVPL, however on initial recognition the Group may make an 
irrevocable election to present the fair value movement of equity investments that are not held for trading within OCI. The election can 
be made on an instrument by instrument basis.

For debt instruments, changes in fair value are recognised in OCI. 

For equity instruments, there are no reclassifications of gains and losses to the profit or loss statement on derecognition and no 
impairment recognised in the profit or loss. Equity fair value movements are not reclassified from OCI under any circumstances.

(d) Financial guarantees and loan commitments
Financial guarantees represent undertakings that the Group will meet a customer’s obligation to third parties if the customer fails to  
do so. Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or 
letters of credit. The Group is theoretically exposed to loss in an amount equal to the total guarantees or unused commitments; 
however, the likely amount of loss is expected to be significantly less; most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon 
customers maintaining specific credit standards. Liabilities under financial guarantee contracts are initially recorded at their fair  
value, and the initial fair value is amortised over the life of the financial guarantee. Subsequently, the financial guarantee liabilities  
are measured at the higher of the initial fair value, less cumulative amortisation, and the best estimate of the expenditure to  
settle obligations.

(e) Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed or determinable payments. Other financial liabilities are 
recognised when cash is received from the depositors. Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method. The fair value of other liabilities repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the Statement 
of Financial Position date.

Basis of measurement for financial assets and liabilities
Amortised cost measurement
The amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the financial asset or financial liability is measured 
at initial recognition, minus principal payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest rate method of 
any difference between the initial amount recognised and the maturity amount, less any reduction for impairment.

Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date. 

When available, the Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument.  
A market is regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring market 
transactions on an arm’s length basis.

If a market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use 
of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis. 

For measuring derivatives that might change classification from being an asset to a liability or vice versa such as interest rate swaps, 
fair values take into account both credit valuation adjustment (CVA) and debit valuation adjustment (DVA) when market participants 
take this into consideration in pricing the derivatives.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201862

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or when the Group has 
transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. Any interest in transferred financial assets that qualify for derecognition 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognised as a separate asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position. In 
transactions in which the Group neither retains nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset 
and it retains control over the asset, the Group continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement, determined 
by the extent to which it is exposed to changes in the value of the transferred asset. There have not been any instances where assets 
have only been partially derecognised.

The Group derecognises a financial liability when its contractual obligations are discharged, cancelled, expire, are modified or exchanged.

Offsetting
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount presented in the statement of financial position when, and only 
when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the amounts and it intends either to settle them on a net basis or  
to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Income and expenses are presented on a net basis only when permitted under IFRS, or for gains and losses arising from a group of 
similar transactions such as the Group’s trading activity.

3.8.2 Financial assets and financial liabilities (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
The Group classifies financial assets and financial liabilities in the following categories: financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL; 
loans and receivables; held-to-maturity investments; available-for-sale financial assets and other financial liabilities. Management 
determines the classification of its investments at acquisition. A financial asset or financial liability is measured initially at fair value plus, 
for an item not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to its acquisition or issue.

(a) Financial assets and financial liabilities at FVPL (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
This category comprises listed securities and derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments utilised by the Group 
include embedded derivatives and derivatives used for hedging purposes. Financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or 
loss are initially recognised on the date from which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. 
Subsequent measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities held in this category are carried at fair value through profit or loss.

(b) Loans and receivables (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. 
They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable.  
Loans are recognised when cash is advanced to the borrowers. Loans and receivables, other than those relating to assets leased to 
customers, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. 

(c) Held-to-maturity (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the 
Group has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity and that have not been designated at FVPL or as available-for-sale 
investments. Held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment loss.

(d) Available-for-sale (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
Available-for-sale (“AFS”) investments are those not classified as another category of financial assets. These include investments in special 
purpose vehicles and equity investments in unquoted vehicles. They may be sold in response to liquidity requirements, interest rate, 
exchange rate or equity price movements. AFS investments are initially recognised at cost, which is considered as the fair value of the 
investment including any acquisition costs. AFS securities are subsequently measured at fair value in the statement of financial position. 

Fair value changes in the AFS securities are recognised directly in equity (AFS reserve) until the investment is sold or impaired.  
Once sold or impaired, the cumulative gains or losses previously recognised in the AFS reserve are recycled to the profit or loss.

(e) Other financial liabilities
Other financial liabilities are non-derivative financial liabilities with fixed or determinable payments. Other financial liabilities are 
recognised when cash is received from the depositors. Other financial liabilities are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest 
rate method. The fair value of other liabilities repayable on demand is assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the Statement 
of Financial Position date.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201863

3.9. Derivative financial instruments
All derivatives are recognised at their fair value. Fair values are obtained using recent arm’s length transactions or calculated using 
valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow models at the prevailing interest rates, and for structured notes classified as financial 
instruments fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets. Derivatives are shown in the Statement of Financial 
Position as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative. 

Embedded derivatives (policy before 1 January 2018)
Embedded derivatives arise from contracts (‘hybrid contracts’) containing both a derivative (the ‘embedded derivative’) and a non-
derivative (the ‘host contract’). Where the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivatives are not closely related to 
those of the host contract, and the host contract is not at fair value through profit or loss, the embedded derivative is bifurcated and 
reported at fair value and gains or losses are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

3.10. Impairment of financial assets
(a) Assets carried at amortised cost
The Group recognises loss allowances on an expected credit loss basis for all financial assets measured at amortised cost, including 
loans and advances, debt securities and loan commitments.

Credit loss allowances are measured as an amount equal to lifetime ECL, except for the following assets, for which they are measured 
as 12 month ECL:

•  Financial assets determined to have a low credit risk at the reporting date.

•  Financial assets which have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk since their initial recognition. 

Impairment model
The IFRS 9 impairment model adopts a three stage approach based on the extent of credit deterioration since origination:

•  Stage 1: 12-month ECL applies to all financial assets that have not experienced a significant increase in credit risk (“SICR”) since 
origination and are not credit impaired. The ECL will be computed based on the probability of default events occurring over the 
next 12 months. This Stage 1 approach is different from the historic approach which estimates a collective allowance to recognise 
losses that have been incurred but not reported on performing loans. Stage 1 includes the current performing loans (up to date and 
in arrears of less than 10 days) and those within Heightened Business Monitoring (“HBM”). Accounts requiring HBM are classified 
as a short-term deterioration in financial circumstances and are tightly monitored with additional proactive client engagement, but 
not deemed SICR.

A financial asset is within HBM where:

•  A loan is in arrears between 10 and 30 days;

•  Bankers become aware of signs of potential future difficulties, such as 

•  cash flow difficulties

•  unexpected hard core borrowing

•  regular requests for excesses

•  returned cheques

•  lack of engagement/failure to respond to information requests

•  breach of covenants/conditions

•  count court judgements

•  Stage 2: When a financial asset experiences a SICR subsequent to origination, but is not in default, it is considered to be in Stage 2. 
This requires the computation of ECL based on the probability of all possible default events occurring over the remaining life of the 
financial asset. Provisions are higher in this stage (except where the value of charge against the financial asset is sufficient to enable 
recovery in full) because of an increase in credit risk and the impact of a longer time horizon being considered (compared to 12 
months in Stage 1). 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201864

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Impairment model (continued)
Evidence that a financial asset has experienced a SICR includes the following considerations:

•  A loan is in arrears between 31 and 90 days;

•  Forbearance action has been undertaken; and

•  Stage 3: Financial assets that are credit impaired are included in this stage. Similar to Stage 2, the allowance for credit losses will 

continue to capture the lifetime expected credit losses. At each reporting date, the Group will assess whether financial assets carried 
at amortised cost are in default. A financial asset will be considered to be in default when an event(s) that has a detrimental impact 
on estimated future cash flows have occurred. 

Evidence that a financial asset is within Stage 3 includes the following data:

•  A loan is in arrears in excess of 90 days;

•  Breach of terms of forbearance;

•  Recovery action is in hand; or

•  Bankruptcy proceedings or similar insolvency process of a client, or director of a company.

The credit risk of financial assets that become credit impaired are not expected to improve such that they are no longer considered 
credit impaired.

Presentation of allowance for ECL in the statement of financial position
For financial assets measured at amortised cost, these are presented as the gross carrying amount of the assets minus a deduction for 
the ECL.

Write-off
Loans and debt securities are written off (either partially or in full) when there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is the case when 
the Group determines that the borrower does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay 
the outstanding amount due.

(b) Renegotiated loans
Loans that are neither subject to ECLs nor individually significant, and whose terms have been renegotiated, are no longer considered 
to be past due but are treated as new loans.

(c) Forbearance
Under certain circumstances, the Group may use forbearance measures to assist borrowers who are experiencing significant financial 
hardship. Any forbearance support is assessed on a case by case basis in line with best practice and subject to regular monitoring and 
review. The Group seeks to ensure that any forbearance results in a fair outcome for both the customer and the Group.

(d) Assets classified as financial investments
Equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
Equity investments are not subject to impairment charges recognised in the income statement. Any fair value gains and losses are 
recognised in OCI whch are not subject to reclassification to the income statement on derecognition. 

Debt instruments at FVOCI 
Changes in fair value are recognised in OCI, the loss allowance will be recognised in OCI and shall not reduce the carrying amount of 
the financial asset in the statement of financial position. Impairment costs will be recognised in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
entry to OCI. On derecognition, cumulative gains and losses in OCI are reclassified to the profit or loss.

Impairments to financial assets carried at FVOCI are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

Impairment of assets carried at amortised cost (policy applicable before 1 January 2018)
On an ongoing basis the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is 
impaired. Objective evidence is the occurrence of a loss event, after the initial recognition of the asset, that impacts on the estimated 
contractual future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets, and can be reliably estimated.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201865

The criteria that the Group uses to determine whether there is objective evidence of an impairment loss include, but are not limited  
to the following:

•  Delinquency in contractual payments of principal or interest;

•  Cash flow difficulties experienced by the borrower;

•  Initiation of bankruptcy proceedings;

•  Deterioration in the value of collateral;

•  Deterioration of the borrower’s competitive position.

If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments carried at amortised cost 
has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is 
reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

If a loan or held-to-maturity investment has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current 
effective interest rate determined under the contract.

The Group considers evidence of impairment for loans and advances at both a specific asset and collective level. All individually 
significant loans and advances are assessed for specific impairment. Those found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively 
assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical 
trends of the probability of default, emergence period, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for 
management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be 
significantly different to historic trends.

When a loan is uncollectible, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the 
necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. A customer’s account 
may be modified to assist customers who are in or have recently overcome financial difficulties and have demonstrated both the ability 
and willingness to meet the current or modified loan contractual payments. Loans that have renegotiated or deferred terms, resulting in a 
substantial modification to the cash flows, are no longer considered to be past due but are treated as new loans recognised at fair value, 
provided the customers comply with the renegotiated or deferred terms.

3.11. Impairment of non-financial assets
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets, other than inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each 
reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable 
amount is estimated. Impairment for goodwill is discussed in more detail under Note 3.15(a).

3.12. Term Funding Scheme
The Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”) was announced by the Bank of England on 4 August 2016 and became effective from 
19 September 2016. The scheme is now closed. The TFS allows participants to borrow central bank reserves in exchange for eligible 
collateral. Amounts drawn from the TFS are included within “Deposits from banks” on the Statement of Financial Position as detailed 
in Note 32.

3.13. Inventory
Land acquired through repossession of collateral which is subsequently held in the ordinary course of business with a view to develop 
and sell is accounted for as inventory. 

Inventory is measured at the lower of cost or net realisable value. The cost of inventories comprises all costs of purchase, costs of 
conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale.

3.14. Assets classified as held for sale
Assets, or disposal groups comprising assets and liabilities, that are expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than 
through continuing use, are classified as held for sale. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201866

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

3.14. Assets classified as held for sale (continued)
The criteria that the Group uses to determine whether an asset is held for sale under IFRS 5 include, but are not limited to the following:

•  Management is committed to a plan to sell.

•  The asset is available for immediate sale.

•  An active programme to locate a buyer is initiated.

•  The sale is highly probable, within 12 months of classification as held for sale.

•  The asset is being actively marketed for sale at a sales price reasonable in relation to its fair value.

Current assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell except where 
measurement and remeasurement is outside the scope of IFRS 5. Where investments that have initially been recognised as current assets 
held for sale, because the Group has been deemed to hold a controlling stake, are subsequently disposed of or diluted such that the 
Group’s holding is no longer deemed a controlling stake, the investment will subsequently be classified as fair value through profit or 
loss or fair value through other comprehensive income investments in accordance with IFRS 9. Subsequent movements will be 
recognised in accordance with the Group’s accounting policy for the newly adopted classification.

Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated.

3.15. Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary or associate at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries or associates is included in 
‘intangible assets’. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

The Group reviews the goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently when events or changes in economic circumstances 
indicate that impairment may have taken place and carries goodwill at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Assets are grouped 
together in the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of 
other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit” or “CGU”). For impairment testing purposes goodwill cannot be allocated to 
a CGU that is greater than a reported operating segment. CGUs to which goodwill has been allocated are aggregated so that the level at 
which impairment is tested reflects the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. Goodwill acquired in  
a business combination is allocated to groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The test for 
impairment involves comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the present value of pre-tax cash flows, discounted at a rate of interest 
that reflects the inherent risks of the CGU to which the goodwill relates, or the CGU’s fair value if this is higher.

(b) Computer software
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. 
These costs are amortised on the basis of the expected useful lives (three to ten years).

Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense as incurred.

Costs associated with developing computer software which are assets in the course of construction, which management has assessed  
to not be available for use, are not amortised.

(c) Other intangibles
Other intangibles include trademarks, customer relationships, broker relationships, technology and banking licences acquired.  
These costs are amortised on the basis of the expected useful lives (three to fourteen years).

3.16. Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings comprise mainly branches and offices and are stated at the latest valuation with subsequent additions at cost less 
depreciation. Plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the items.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201867

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their cost to their residual 
values over their estimated useful lives, applying the following annual rates, which are subject to regular review:

Leasehold improvements 
Office equipment 
Computer equipment 
Motor vehicles 

3 to 20 years
3 to 10 years
3 to 5 years
4 years

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the term of the lease (until the first break clause). Gains and losses on disposals are 
determined by deducting carrying amount from proceeds. These are included in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. 

3.17. Investment property
Investment property is initially measured at cost. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement. Subsequently, investment 
property is measured at fair value, with any change therein recognised in profit and loss within other income. 

If a change in use occurs and investment property is transferred to owner-occupied property, the property’s deemed cost for subsequent 
reporting is its fair value at the date of change in use. 

3.18. Leases
(a) As a lessor
Assets leased to customers under agreements which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, with or without 
ultimate legal title, are classified as finance leases. When assets are held subject to finance leases, the present value of the lease payments 
is recognised as a receivable. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognised as 
unearned finance income. Lease income is recognised over the term of the lease using the net investment method, which reflects a 
constant periodic rate of return.

Assets leased to customers under agreements which do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as 
operating leases. When assets are held subject to operating leases, the underlying assets are held at cost less accumulated depreciation. 
The assets are depreciated down to their estimated residual values on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease rental income is 
recognised on a straight line basis over the lease term.

(b) As a lessee
Rentals made under operating leases are recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over the term  
of the lease.

Leases in which the Group assumes substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are classified as finance 
leases. Leased assets by way of finance leases are stated at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the 
minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, less accumulated depreciation. Minimum lease payments are apportioned between 
the finance charge and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance charge is allocated to each period during the lease term so 
as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

3.19. Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand and demand deposits, and cash 
equivalents are deemed highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value with a 
maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

3.20. Employee benefits
(a) Post-retirement obligations
The Group contributes to a defined contribution scheme and to individual defined contribution schemes for the benefit of certain 
employees. The schemes are funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds at the contribution rates 
agreed with individual employees.

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as an 
employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or  
a reduction in the future payments is available.

There are no post-retirement benefits other than pensions.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201868

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

(b) Share-based compensation – cash settled
The Group adopts a Black-Scholes valuation model in calculating the fair value of the share options as adjusted for an attrition rate for 
members of the scheme and a probability of pay-out reflecting the risk of not meeting the terms of the scheme over the vesting period. 
The number of share options that are expected to vest are reviewed at least annually.

The fair value of cash settled share-based payments is recognised as personnel expenses in the profit or loss with a corresponding 
increase in liabilities over the vesting period. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date and at settlement date based on the fair 
value of the options granted, with a corresponding adjustment to personnel expenses.

(c) Deferred cash bonus scheme
The Bank has a deferred cash bonus scheme for senior employees. The cost of the award is recognised to the income statement over  
the period to which the performance relates.

(d) Short-term incentive plan
The Group has a short-term incentive plan payable to employees of one of its subsidiary companies. The award of a profit share is 
based on a percentage of the net profit of a Group subsidiary.

3.21. Taxation
Current income tax which is payable on taxable profits is recognised as an expense in the period in which the profits arise. Income tax 
recoverable on tax allowable losses is recognised as an asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offset against 
current or future taxable profits.

Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying 
amounts in the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from the initial recognition  
of goodwill, the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the 
transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent 
that they probably will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the Statement of Financial Position date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax 
asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they 
relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, when they intend to settle 
current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or the tax assets and liabilities will be realised simultaneously.

Deferred tax assets are recognised where it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.

3.22. Issued debt and equity securities
Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities where the contractual arrangement results in the Group having 
a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder, to exchange financial instruments on terms that are 
potentially unfavourable. Issued financial instruments, or their components, are classified as equity where they meet the definition of 
equity and confer on the holder a residual interest in the assets of the Company. The components of issued financial instruments that 
contain both liability and equity elements are accounted for separately with the equity component being assigned the residual amount 
after deducting from the instrument as a whole the amount separately determined as the fair value of the liability component.

Financial liabilities, other than trading liabilities at fair value, are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method as 
set out in policy 3.4. Equity instruments, including share capital, are initially recognised as net proceeds, after deducting transaction 
costs and any related income tax. Dividend and other payments to equity holders are deducted from equity, net of any related tax.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201869

3.23. Share capital
(a) Share issue costs
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options by Arbuthnot Banking Group, are shown in equity  
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

(b) Dividends on ordinary shares
Dividends on ordinary shares are recognised in equity in the period in which they are approved.

(c) Share buybacks
Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any 
directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until 
the shares are cancelled or reissued. 

3.24. Fiduciary activities
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of 
individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these 
financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

3.25. Provisions and contingent liabilities
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that 
an outflow of economic resources will be required from the Group and amounts can be reliably measured.

Onerous contract provisions are recognised for losses on contracts where the forecast costs of fulfilling the contract throughout the 
contract period exceed the forecast income receivable. In assessing the amount of the loss to provide on any contract, account is taken 
of the Group’s forecast results which the contract is servicing. The provision is calculated based on discounted cash flows to the end of 
the contract.

Contingent liabilities are disclosed when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, but the probability that it will 
be required to settle that obligation is more than remote, but not probable.

3.26. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
The following standards, interpretations and amendments to existing standards have been published and are mandatory for the 
Group’s accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019 or later periods, but the Group has not early adopted them:

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ (effective from 1 January 2019)
IFRS 16 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 replaces existing leases guidance, including 
IAS 17 Leases, IFRIC 4 Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease, SIC-15 Operating Leases – Incentives and SIC-27 
Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease. IFRS 16 removes the distinction between finance and 
operating leases and instead provides a single lessee accounting model. The Group, as a lessee, will be required to recognise lease 
liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all applicable leases. The new standard also provides the option not to recognise 
‘short-term’ leases and leases of ‘low-value’ assets. Where this exemption is taken, such leases will continue to be expensed to the 
income statement over the term of the lease.

The income statement recognition pattern for the Group’s leases will differ from the current pattern for operating leases, with interest 
on the liabilities and depreciation expense on the right-of-use assets recognised separately. In the cash flow statement, lease payments 
will be categorised within financing activities rather than operating activities.

The Group will reassess the classification of sub-leases in which the Group is a lessor. Based on the information currently available  
the implementation of IFRS 16 is not expected to have a material impact on the financial statements. 

IFRS 16 does not significantly change the accounting for finance leases or leases by lessors.

Management are currently reviewing all long-term contractual agreements to ensure all leases are correctly transitioned.

The Group continues to evaluate the full impact of IFRS 16, but expects to recognise right-of-use assets on its balance sheet at the 
adoption date in respect of property assets currently accounted for as operating leases. A corresponding lease liability will also be 
recognised, representing the future payments to be made under these leases, discounted at the rate implicitly defined in the lease or, 
where no rate is defined in the lease, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate at lease inception.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201870

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

3. Significant accounting policies (continued)

Transition
The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The Group plans to apply IFRS 16 initially on 
1 January 2019, using the modified retrospective approach (option 2). As a result there will be no impact to retained earnings on 
adoption of IFRS 16, with no restatement of comparative information. 

Additionally, on transition, the Group will apply the practical expedient to grandfather the definition of a lease on transition. 
This means that it will apply IFRS 16 to all contracts entered into before 1 January 2019 and identified as leases in accordance with 
IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

The Bank has assessed the impact that the initial application will have on its business and will adopt the standard for the year ending 
31 December 2019.

It estimates that the IFRS 16 transition amount will:

•  increase assets and liabilities by approximately £21m as at 1 January 2019;

•  reduce the Group’s CETI ratio by 32bps; and

•  increase operating expenditure by £0.4m in 2019.

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies

The Group makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year. 
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of 
future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

4.1. Estimation uncertainty
(a) Expected credit losses (“ECL”) on financial assets
The Group reviews its loan portfolios and debt security investments to assess impairment at least on a quarterly basis. The basis for 
evaluating impairment losses is described in accounting policy 3.10. The measurement of ECL required by the implementation of 
IFRS 9, from 1 January 2018, necessitates a number of significant judgements. Specifically judgements and estimation uncertainties 
relate to assessment of whether credit risk on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition, incorporation of 
forward-looking information (“FLI”) in the measurement of ECLs and key assumptions used in estimating recoverable cash flows. 
These estimates are driven by a number of factors that are subject to change which may result in different levels of ECL allowances.

The Group incorporates FLI into the assessment of whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. Forecasts for key 
macroeconomic variables that most closely correlate with the Bank’s portfolio are used to produce five economic scenarios, comprising 
of a no change, upside case, downside case, moderate stress and severe stress, and the impacts of these scenarios are then probability 
weighted. The estimation and application of this FLI will require significant judgement supported by the use of external information.

12 month ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 1) are calculated using a statistical model. The key assumptions are the 
probability of default and the economic scenarios. Life time ECLs on loans and advances (loans within Stage 2 and 3) are calculated 
based on an individual valuation of the underlying asset and other expected cash flows.  

For individually significant financial assets in Stage 2 and 3, ECL is calculated on an individual basis and all relevant factors that have 
a bearing on the expected future cash flows are taken into account. These factors can be subjective and can include the individual 
circumstances of the borrower, the realisable value of collateral, the Group’s position relative to other claimants, and the likely cost to 
sell and duration of the time to collect. The level of ECL is the difference between the value of the recoverable amount (which is equal 
to the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate), and its carrying amount.

Management considered a range of variables in determining the level of future ECL. Two of the key judgements were in relation to 
“time to collect” and “collateral valuations”. Sensitivity analysis was carried out based on what was considered reasonably possible  
in the current market conditions.

If time to collect increased by six months across all Stage 2 and 3 client exposures, this would lead to a negative £0.4m impact through 
the Profit or Loss. A six month reduction in time to collect would lead to a £0.3m favourable impact on the Profit or Loss.  

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201871

If the collateral valuations increased by 10% across all Stage 3 client exposures, this would lead to a positive £1.3m impact through 
the Profit or Loss. If the collateral valuations decreased by 10% across all Stage 3 client exposures, this would lead to a £1.9m adverse 
impact on the Profit or Loss.  

Another of the key judgements concerns the probability of the economic scenarios to the measurement of the ECL. The probability 
weighting and forward looking economic scenarios as at 31 December 2018 are as follows:

Probability of scenario

Impact of scenario
– Change in collateral values

London
Rest of UK
Overseas

– Movement in share prices*

*  for loans secured against equity portfolios

Probability weighted forward looking economic scenarios

Highest Stress Moderate Stress

No Change

1.0% 

3.0% 

21.0% 

Growth

25.0% 

Decline

50.0% 

(40.0%)
(40.0%)
(40.0%)
 – 

(20.0%)
(20.0%)
(20.0%)
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

0.5% 
0.5% 
2.3% 
4.0% 

(2.0%)
(1.5%)
(1.0%)
(4.0%)

Management assess a range of scenarios and in the current economic climate it is reasonably possible that the moderate scenario could 
increase to 9% probability, the decline scenario increase to 60% probability and the growth scenario reduce to 10% probability.  
This would lead to a negative £0.2m impact through Profit or Loss.

(b) Effective Interest Rate
Acquired loan books are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequently, they are measured under the effective interest rate method, 
based on cash flow models which require significant judgement assumptions on prepayment rates, late payments, the probability and 
timing of defaults and the amount of incurred losses. Management review the expected cash flows against actual cash flows to ensure 
future assumptions on customer behaviour and future cash flows remain valid. If the estimates of future cash flows are revised, the 
gross carrying value of the financial asset is recalculated as the present value of the estimated future contractual cash flows discounted 
at the original effective interest rate, or in the case of the acquired books the credit-adjusted effective interest rate. The adjustment to 
the carrying value of the loan book is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Under both IFRS 9 and IAS 39, for the originated loan portfolio interest income is recorded using the effective interest rate method.  
The key assumptions applied by Management in the EIR methodology remain materially unchanged from the 2017 financial statements.

Management must therefore use judgement to estimate the expected life of each instrument. The accuracy of the effective interest rate 
would therefore be affected by unexpected market movements resulting in altered customer behaviour, inaccuracies in the models used 
compared to actual outcomes and incorrect assumptions.

If customer loans repaid 6 months earlier than anticipated on the originated loan book, interest income would increase by £0.8m  
(2017: £0.3m), due to acceleration of fee income.

In 2018 the Group recognised £0.9m (2017: £64k) of additional interest income to reflect actual cash flows received on the acquired 
mortgage books being in excess of forecast cash flows.

The key judgements in relation to calculating the net present value of the acquired mortgage books relate to the timing of future cash 
flows and loss rates on principal repayments.  Management have considered an early and delayed 6 month sensitivity on the timing of 
repayment and a 10% increase and decrease of principal repayments to be reasonably possible.

If the acquired loan books were modelled to accelerate cash flows by 6 months, it would increase interest income in 2018 by £0.3m 
(2017: £0.4m), while a 10% increase in principal repayments will increase interest income in 2018 by £0.3m (2017: £0.2m) through a 
cash flow reset adjustment. Additionally, a 10% increase in credit losses would reduce interest income in 2018 by £0.3m (2017: 
£0.2m) through a cash flow reset adjustment.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements in applying accounting policies (continued)

(c) Investment property
The valuations that the Group places on its investment properties are subject to a degree of uncertainty and are calculated on the basis 
of assumptions in relation to prevailing market rents and effective yields. These assumptions may not prove to be accurate, particularly 
in periods of market volatility. The current uncertainty due to Brexit has had the effect of reducing the activity in the property market, 
which, has in turn resulted in less market evidence being available for Management in making its judgement on the key assumptions of 
property yield and market rent. The Group currently owns three investment properties, as outlined in Note 29.

The Group’s in-house surveyors have valued all three investment properties utilising externally sourced market information and 
property specific knowledge.

King Street in London with value of £53.3m (2017: £53.3m)
The King Street property is currently fully tenanted, with the main lease ending in 2019 at which point the offices will be refurbished 
and re-let at prevailing market rents. The valuation assessment considers the net present value of net cash flows to be generated from 
the property, taking into account expected rental growth rate, void periods, occupancy rate, lease incentive costs such as rent-free 
periods and other costs not paid by tenants. The expected net cash flows are discounted using risk-adjusted discount rates. Among 
other factors, the discount rate estimation considers the quality of a building and its location, tenant quality and lease terms. 
Management judgement is required for the inputs used in the discounted cash flow model, which have been assessed as follows:

•  yield: 4%

•  future rent forecast (per square ft.) £102.50

•  refurbishment period of 6 months and rent to be increased by 5% (every 5 years)

•  estimated refurbishment costs: £2.2m

Forecast yield
– Yield 0.25% lower
– Yield 0.15% lower
– Yield 0.15% higher
– Yield 0.25% higher

Future forecast rent (Per Square Foot)
– Positive +5%
– Negative -5%

Forecast periodic Rent Increases (Every 5 years)
– Positive +25%
– Negative -25%

Forecast refurbishment Costs

Cost of refurbishment doubles
– 5% increase to rental value per square foot (p.s.f.)
– No impact to rental value

No refurbishment undertaken
– Existing tenants rent p.s.f maintained and periodic rent increase 5%
– Existing tenants rent p.s.f maintained and periodic rent increase 4%

Variable

4.00%
3.75%
3.85%
4.15%
4.25%

£102.5
£107.6
£97.4

5%
6%
4%

£2.2m

£4.5m

Revised fair value gain/(loss)

£’m

5.2 
3.3 
(1.9)
(3.4)

3.0 
(1.8)

3.6 
(2.1)

0.9 
(1.4)

0.8 
(2.6)

%

9.72% 
6.15% 
(3.50%)
(6.40%)

5.56% 
(3.29%)

6.75% 
(4.00%)

1.78% 
(2.65%)

1.52% 
(4.90%)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
73

4 St Philips Place in Birmingham with value of £7m (2017: £6.1m)
The St Philips Place property was acquired on 24 November 2017. The property is currently undergoing comprehensive refurbishment 
and is therefore unoccupied at the end of the financial year. A development appraisal has been undertaken by estimating the gross 
development value and deducting the estimated costs to complete the refurbishment, arm’s length financing costs and development 
profit margin.

The gross development has the following key inputs:

•  forecast yield: 6.25% 

•  forecast annual rent: £0.77m

•  refurbishment costs: £3.2m

Forecast yield
Yield 0.25% lower
Yield 0.25% higher

Forecast net rental value (Total Annual £’m)
Positive +5%
Negative -5%

Forecast development costs
Costs increase +10%
Costs decrease -10%

Variable

6.25%
6.00%
6.50%

0.77
0.81
0.73

£3.2m
£3.5m
£2.9m

Revised fair value gain/(loss)

£’m

0.3 
(0.5)

0.4 
(0.6)

(0.4)
0.2 

%

3.89% 
(7.13%)

5.42% 
(9.61%)

(6.15%)
2.68% 

Crescent Office Park in Bath with value of £6.8m (2017: £6.8m)
In December 2017, the office building was acquired with the intention to be included within a new property fund initiative that the 
Group had planned to start-up. The property had tenants in situ with the Fund recognising rental income.

It was recognised as held for sale under IFRS 5 and therefore not consolidated in the financial statements in 2017. In 2018 the launch 
of the property fund was placed on hold and as a result it was reclassified as an investment property as the property no longer met the 
IFRS 5 criteria. The property remained occupied as at 31 December 2018 with the Group receiving rental income.

In accordance with IAS 40, the property is recognised at fair value, with its carrying value at year end of £6.8m equal to its fair value.

The valuation of the property has the following key inputs:

•  yield: 6.50% 

•  future rent increases (every five years): 4.00%

Model Yield
– Yield 0.25% lower
– Yield 0.25% higher

Model Future Rent Increases (Every 5 Years)
– Positive +25%
– Negative -25%

Variable

6.50%
6.25%
6.75%

4.00%
5.00%
3.00%

Revised fair value gain/(loss)

£’m

0.2 
(0.4)

0.2 
(0.1)

%

2.25% 
(6.10%)

3.11% 
(2.10%)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
74

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

405,325
54,173
203,211
8,002
192
388,603
8,257
14,976
– 
– 
– 
– 

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

– 
– 
139,480
– 
1,654
836,053
4,459
20,375
1,490
16,538
5,304
67,081

1,082,739

1,092,434

7,675
188
1,624,978
236
18,549
– 

1,651,626

225,000
– 
89,308
– 
– 
13,283

327,591

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
8,002
1,846
1,224,656
12,716
35,351
1,490
16,538
5,304
67,081

2,175,173

232,675
188
1,714,286
236
18,549
13,283

1,979,217

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Group as at 31 December 2017:

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Assets classified as held for sale
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Investment in associate
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investment property

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

313,101
70,679
122,236
2,915
950
224,954
16,188
128
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

751,151

195,097
931
1,333,423
705
16,239
– 

1,546,395

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

– 
– 
104,783
– 
1,601
824,315
4,436
2,219
1,527
83,804
15,995
3,962
59,439

1,102,081

– 
– 
57,358
– 
– 
13,104

70,462

75

Total
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,915
2,551
1,049,269
20,624
2,347
1,527
83,804
15,995
3,962
59,439

1,853,232

195,097
931
1,390,781
705
16,239
13,104

1,616,857

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

5. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities (continued)

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks – due from subsidiary undertakings
Financial investments
Current tax asset
Deferred tax asset
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than 
one year
£000

6
17,002
– 
52
– 
– 
– 
42
– 

17,102

3,324
– 

3,324

– 
– 
19,313
– 
113
6
208
– 
134,614

154,254

– 
13,283

13,283

The table below shows the maturity analysis of assets and liabilities of the Company as at 31 December 2017:

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to banks – due from subsidiary undertakings
Financial investments
Deferred tax asset
Property, plant and equipment
Other assets
Interests in associates
Interests in subsidiaries

LIABILITIES
Current tax liability
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Due within 
one year
£000

Due after 
more than
 one year
£000

6
36,097
128
– 
– 
199
– 
– 

36,430

152
3,141
– 

3,293

– 
– 
12
641
157
– 
5,056
97,802

103,668

140,098

– 
– 
13,104

13,104

152
3,141
13,104

16,397

Total
£000

6
17,002
19,313
52
113
6
208
42
134,614

171,356

3,324
13,283

16,607

Total
£000

6
36,097
140
641
157
199
5,056
97,802

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77

6. Financial risk management

Strategy
By their nature, the Group’s activities are principally related to the use of financial instruments. The Directors and senior management 
of the Group have formally adopted a Group Risk and Controls Policy which sets out the Board’s attitude to risk and internal controls. 
Key risks identified by the Directors are formally reviewed and assessed at least once a year by the Board, in addition to which key 
business risks are identified, evaluated and managed by operating management on an ongoing basis by means of procedures such as 
physical controls, credit and other authorisation limits and segregation of duties. The Board also receives regular reports on any risk 
matters that need to be brought to its attention. Significant risks identified in connection with the development of new activities are 
subject to consideration by the Board. There are budgeting procedures in place and reports are presented regularly to the Board 
detailing the results of each principal business unit, variances against budget and prior year, and other performance data.

The principal non-operational risks inherent in the Group’s business are credit, market, liquidity and capital. 

(a) Credit risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will be unable to pay amounts in full 
when due. Significant changes in the economy, or in the health of a particular industry segment that represents a concentration in the 
Company and Group’s portfolio, could result in losses that are different from those provided for at the balance sheet date. Credit risk 
is managed through the Credit Committee of the banking subsidiary.

The Company and Group structure the levels of credit risk it undertakes by placing limits on the amount of risk accepted in relation to 
products, and one borrower or groups of borrowers. Such risks are monitored on a revolving basis and subject to an annual or more 
frequent review. The limits are approved periodically by the Board of Directors and actual exposures against limits are monitored daily.

Exposure to credit risk is managed through regular analysis of the ability of borrowers and potential borrowers to meet interest and 
capital repayment obligations and by changing these lending limits where appropriate. Exposure to credit risk is also managed in part 
by obtaining collateral, and corporate and personal guarantees.

The Group employs a range of policies and practices to mitigate credit risk. The most traditional of these is the taking of collateral to 
secure advances, which is common practice. The principal collateral types for loans and advances include, but are not limited to:

•  Charges over residential and commercial properties;

•  Charges over business assets such as premises, inventory and accounts receivable;

•  Charges over financial instruments such as debt securities and equities;

•  Charges over other chattels; and

•  Personal guarantees.

Upon initial recognition of loans and advances, the fair value of collateral is based on valuation techniques commonly used for the 
corresponding assets. In order to minimise any potential credit loss the Group will seek additional collateral from the counterparty  
as soon as impairment indicators are noticed for the relevant individual loans and advances. Repossessed collateral, not readily 
convertible into cash, is made available for sale in an orderly fashion, with the proceeds used to reduce or repay the outstanding 
indebtedness, or held as inventory where the Group intends to develop and sell in the future. Where excess funds are available after  
the debt has been repaid, they are available either for other secured lenders with lower priority or are returned to the customer.

Commitments to extend credit represent unused portions of authorisations to extend credit in the form of loans, guarantees or letters 
of credit. With respect to credit risk on commitments to extend credit, the Group is potentially exposed to loss in an amount equal to 
the total unused commitments. However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments, as most commitments to 
extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards.

The Group incorporates forward-looking information into both its assessment of whether the credit risk of an instrument has increased 
significantly since its initial recognition and its measurement of ECL. The key inputs into the measurement of the ECL are:

•  future economic scenarios;

•  probability of default;

•  loss given default; and 

•  exposure at default.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201878

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

(a) Credit risk (continued)
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

Group
Credit risk exposures (all stage 1, unless otherwise stated)

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers (net of ECL)

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Other assets
Financial investments

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit related liabilities

At 31 December

Group
Credit risk exposures (under IAS 39)

On-balance sheet:
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers (net of impairment)
Other assets
Financial investments

Off-balance sheet:
Guarantees
Loan commitments and other credit related liabilities

At 31 December

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
670,464
618,487
20,033
31,944
 – 
 – 

435
51,950

722,849

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
443,108
431,630
11,478
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,309
15,930

460,347

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
650,245
 – 
 – 

443
85,303

735,991

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
305,055
 – 
 – 

2,533
46,660

354,248

2018

RAF
£000

 – 
 354 
 – 
 – 
85,957
84,275
1,180
502
443
 – 

 – 
 – 

All Other
 Divisions
£000

405,325
53,819
342,691
1,846
25,127
25,127
 – 
 – 
2,533
35,351

 – 
18,122

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846
1,224,656
1,159,519
32,691
32,446
2,976
35,351

1,744
86,002

86,754

884,814

2,154,764

2017

RAF
£000

 – 
1,087
 – 
 – 
71,265
137
 – 

 – 
 – 

All Other
 Divisions
£000

313,101
69,592
227,019
2,551
22,704
11,827
2,347

Total
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,551
1,049,269
11,964
2,347

 – 
 – 

2,976
131,963

72,489

649,141

1,811,869

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk (all stage 1) before collateral held or other credit enhancements is as follows:

Credit risk exposures relating to on-balance sheet assets are as follows:
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments
Other assets

At 31 December

2018
£000

17,008
19,313
 – 

36,321

2017
£000

36,103
140
162

36,405

The above tables represent the maximum credit risk exposure (net of impairment) to the Group and Company at 31 December 2018 
and 2017 without taking account of any collateral held or other credit enhancements attached. For financial assets, the balances are 
based on gross carrying amounts as reported in the Statement of Financial Position. For guarantees and loan commitments, the 
amounts in the table represent the amounts for which the group is contractually committed.

The table below represents an analysis of the loan to values of the exposures secured by property for the Group:

Group

Less than 60%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

60% – 80%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
80% – 100%
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Greater than 100%*

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

Total

 2018

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

312,478
297,674
8,701
6,103
224,782
211,737
9,458
3,587
64,649
52,968
531
11,150
28,528
16,654
 –
11,874

698,621
659,650
25,830
13,141
309,329
288,994
14,535
5,800
49,740
37,161
550
12,029
16,860
8,245
 –
8,615

249,446
238,071
11,375
 –
165,954
165,954
 –
 –
6,540
6,540
 –
 –
8,918
8,918
 –
 –

559,271
532,671
26,600
 –
259,917
259,917
 –
 –
9,400
9,400
 –
 –
7,614
7,614
 –
 –

561,924
535,745
20,076
6,103
390,736
377,691
9,458
 –
71,189
59,508
531
11,150
37,446
25,572
 –
11,874

Collateral
£000

1,257,892
1,192,321
52,430
13,141
569,246
548,911
14,535
 –
59,140
46,561
550
12,029
24,474
15,859
 –
8,615

630,437

1,074,550

430,858

836,202

1,061,295

1,910,752

*  In addition to property, other security is taken, including charges over Arbuthnot Latham Investment Management portfolios, other chattels and 

personal guarantees. The increase in loan to values greater than 100% is due to an increase in exposures collateralised by other assets.

Property valuations used are those from the loan origination date or updated 3rd party valuations where applicable.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
80

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Group

Less than 60%
60% – 80%
80% – 100%
Greater than 100%

Total

 2017

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

288,734
238,760
64,288
32,206

740,812
356,242
75,298
26,124

623,988

1,198,476

166,666
108,996
5,538
9,142

290,342

367,550
168,015
5,700
8,230

549,495

Collateral
£000

1,108,362
524,257
80,998
34,354

455,400
347,756
69,826
41,348

914,330

1,747,971

Prior year numbers are presented under IAS 39 and therefore has no Staging.

The table below represents an analysis of loan commitments compared to the values of properties for the Group (all Stage 1):

Group

Less than 60%
60% – 80%

Total

Group

Less than 60%
60% – 80%
80% – 100%
Greater than 100%

Total

 2018

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

30,289
15,467

45,756

83,603
23,295

106,898

14,880
1,050

15,930

 2017

32,097
1,615

33,712

45,169
16,517

61,686

115,700
24,910

140,610

Private Banking

Commercial Banking

Total

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

Loan Balance
£000

Collateral
£000

62,294
20,471
28,825
3,590

115,180

218,643
29,935
31,982
3,253

283,813

481
5,869
754
1,500

8,604

56,000
8,861
754
852

66,467

62,775
26,340
29,579
5,090

123,784

274,643
38,796
32,736
4,105

350,280

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201881

Renegotiated loans and forbearance
The contractual terms of a loan may be modified due to factors that are not related to the current or potential credit deterioration of 
the customer (changing market conditions, customer retention, etc.). In such cases, the modified loan may be derecognised and the 
renegotiated loan recognised as a new loan at fair value.

When the terms of a financial asset are modified and the modification does not result in derecognition, the determination of whether 
the asset’s credit risk has increased significantly reflects the comparison of:

•  its remaining lifetime PD at the reporting date based on the modified terms; with

•  the remaining lifetime PD estimated based on data on initial recognition and the original contractual terms.

When modification results in derecognition, a new loan is recognised and allocated to Stage 1 (assuming it is not credit-impaired at 
that time).

The Group renegotiates loans to customers in financial difficulties (referred to as ‘forbearance’) to maximise collection opportunities 
and minimise the risk of default. Under the Group’s forbearance policy, loan forbearance is granted on a selective basis if the debtors is 
currently in default on its debt, or if there is a high risk of default, there is evidence that the debtor made all reasonable efforts to pay 
under the original contractual terms and the debtor is expected to be able to meet the revised terms.

The revised terms can include changing the timing of interest payments, extending the date of repayment of the loan, transferring a 
loan to interest only payments and a payment holiday. Both retail and corporate loans are subject to the forbearance policy. The Group 
Credit Committee regularly reviews reports on forbearance.

For financial assets modified as part of the Group’s forbearance policy, the estimate of PD reflects whether the modification has 
improved or restored the Group’s ability to collect interest and principal and the Group’s previous experience of similar forbearance 
action. As part of this process, the Group evaluates the borrower’s payment performance against the modified contractual terms and 
considers various behavioural indicators.

Generally, the forbearance is a qualitative indicator of a SICR (see Note 3.10).

As at 31 December 2018, loans for which forbearance measures were in place totalled 2.22% (2017: 2.94%) of total value of loans  
to customers for the Group. 2017 forbearance has been reclassified to align to current forbearance policy. These are set out in the 
following table:

Transfer to interest only
Term extension
Payment holiday

Total forbearance

2018

2017

Number

1
15
16

32

Loan
Balance
£000

175
25,814
1,189

27,178

Number

 – 
15
5

20

Loan
Balance
£000

 – 
29,586
1,237

30,823

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201882

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Concentration risk
The tables below show the concentration in the loan book based on the most significant type of collateral held for each loan. 

Loans and advances to customers

Loan Commitments

Concentration by product
Asset based lending*
Asset finance
Cash collateralised
Commercial lending
Investment portfolio secured
Mixed collateral**
Residential mortgages
Unsecured

At 31 December

Concentration by location
East Anglia
London
Midlands
North East
North West
Northern Ireland
Scotland
South East
South West
Wales
Overseas
Non-property collateral

At 31 December

2018
£000

25,128
85,958
5,379
248,042
45,182
91,167
713,095
10,705

2017
£000

 – 
71,425
17,747
202,912
49,667
70,954
633,003
3,561

1,224,656

1,049,269

32,960
455,567
69,686
18,448
59,045
2,813
10,793
219,890
140,560
7,521
30,486
176,887

18,438
407,805
42,484
25,741
44,630
2,903
10,988
203,305
116,692
8,002
21,556
146,725

1,224,656

1,049,269

2018
£000

18,122
 – 
 – 
4,806
3,136
4,867
54,346
725

86,002

294
28,096
3,538
1,050
1,275
 – 
 – 
15,522
9,201
426
1,400
25,200

86,002

2017
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
24,371
4,222
3,957
99,413
 – 

131,963

 – 
56,777
800
 – 
825
 – 
 – 
23,462
15,236
 – 
 – 
34,863

131,963

*  In 2018 Q1, the Group began its asset-based lending business including invoice discounting, supported by stock, plant & machinery, property and 

cash flow lending.

** Mixed collateral is where there is no single, overall, majority collateral type.

(b) Operational risk (unaudited)
The Group’s objective is to manage operational risk so as to balance the avoidance of financial losses and damage to the Group’s 
reputation with overall cost effectiveness and to avoid control procedures that restrict initiatives and creativity. The Group is exposed 
to operational risks from its Information Technology and Operations platforms. There are additional internal controls in these 
processes that are designed to protect the Group from these risks. The Group’s overall approach to managing internal control and 
financial reporting is described in the Corporate Governance section of the Annual Report.

Compliance with Group standards is supported by a programme of periodic reviews undertaken by Internal Audit. The results of  
the Internal Audit reviews are discussed with senior management, with summaries submitted to the Arbuthnot Banking Group  
Audit Committee. 

Cyber risk
Cyber risk is an increasing risk that the Group is subject to within its operational processes. This is the risk that the Group is subject  
to some form of disruption arising from an interruption to its IT and data infrastructure. The Group regularly test the infrastructure to 
ensure that it remains robust to a range of threats, and has continuity of business plans in place including a disaster recovery provision.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
83

Conduct risk
As a financial services provider we face conduct risk, including selling products to customers which do not meet their needs; failing to 
deal with customers’ complaints effectively; not meeting customers’ expectations; and exhibiting behaviours which do not meet market 
or regulatory standards. 

The Group adopts a zero risk appetite for any unfair customer outcomes. It maintains clear compliance guidelines and provides 
ongoing training to all staff. Periodic spot checks and internal audits are performed to ensure these guidelines are being followed. 
The Group also has insurance policies in place to provide some cover for any claims that may arise.

(c) Market risk
Price risk
The Company and Group are exposed to price risk from equity investments and derivatives held by the Group. The Group is not 
exposed to commodity price risk. 

Based upon the financial investment exposure in Note 25, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2017: 10%) decline in market prices, would 
result in a £17,000 (2017: £32,000) decrease in the Group’s income and a decrease of £3.5m (2017: £231,000) in the Group’s equity. 
The Group considers a 10% stress test scenario appropriate after taking the current values and historic data into account.

Based upon the financial investment exposure given in Note 25, a stress test scenario of a 10% (2017: 10%) decline in market prices, 
would result in a £nil (2017: £13,000) decrease in the Company’s income and a decrease of £1.9m (2017: £11,000) in the Company’s 
equity.

Currency risk
The Company and Group take on exposure to the effects of fluctuations in the prevailing foreign currency exchange rates on its 
financial position and cash flows. This is managed through the Group entering into forward foreign exchange contracts. The Board 
sets limits on the level of exposure for both overnight and intra-day positions, which are monitored daily. The table below summarises 
the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2018. Included in the table below are the Group’s assets 
and liabilities at carrying amounts, categorised by currency.

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

405,244
8,856
243,680
1,655
1,169,157
2,861
34,219

1,865,672

232,675
3
1,526,623
1,782
 – 

1,761,083

104,589

86,002

USD ($)
£000

30
13,794
99,011
4
16,122
 – 
954

129,915

 – 
4
130,061
 – 
 – 

130,065

(150)

 – 

Euro (€)
£000

47
19,714
 – 
3
39,377
115
178

59,434

 – 
1
46,068
 – 
13,283

59,352

82

 – 

Other
£000

4
11,809
 – 
184
 – 
 – 
 – 

11,997

 – 
180
11,534
 – 
 – 

11,714

283

 – 

Total
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846
1,224,656
2,976
35,351

2,067,018

232,675
188
1,714,286
1,782
13,283

1,962,214

104,804

86,002

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The table below summarises the Group’s exposure to foreign currency exchange risk at 31 December 2017:

USD ($)
£000

Euro (€)
£000

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

Credit commitments

GBP (£)
£000

313,101
6,027
170,723
2,525
997,025
11,964
140

 – 
40,870
56,296
1
14,912
 – 
706

1,501,505

112,785

195,067
914
1,228,878
1,207
 – 

1,426,066

75,439

131,963

 – 
1
112,731
 – 
 – 

112,732

53

 – 

 – 
16,944
 – 
25
37,332
 – 
1,501

55,802

 – 
 – 
42,733
 – 
13,104

55,837

(35)

 – 

Other
£000

 – 
6,838
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

6,838

30
16
6,439
 – 
 – 

6,485

353

 – 

Total
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,551
1,049,269
11,964
2,347

1,676,930

195,097
931
1,390,781
1,207
13,104

1,601,120

75,810

131,963

Derivative financial instruments (see Note 21) are in place to mitigate foreign currency risk on net exposures for each currency.  
A 10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to a £5,000 increase (2017: £5,000 increase) in Group profits  
and equity, while a 10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar would lead to the same decrease in Group profits and equity. 
Similarly, a 10% strengthening of the pound against the Euro would lead to a £4,000 increase (2017: £4,000 increase) in Group profits 
and equity, while a 10% weakening of the pound against the Euro would lead to the same increase in Group profits and equity.

The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

Euro (€)
£000

3,437
19,313

22,750

1,838
 – 

1,838

20,912

13,571
 – 

13,571

 – 
13,283

13,283

288

Total
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

1,838
13,283

15,121

21,200

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarises the Company’s exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk at 31 December 2017:

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Net on-balance sheet position

GBP (£)
£000

22,734
140
162

23,036

1,840
 – 

1,840

21,196

Euro (€)
£000

13,369
 – 
 – 

13,369

 – 
13,104

13,104

265

85

Total
£000

36,103
140
162

36,405

1,840
13,104

14,944

21,461

A 10% strengthening of the pound against the Euro would lead to £3,000 (2017: £3,000) decrease in the Company profits and equity, 
conversely a 10% weakening of the pound against the Euro would lead to the same increase in the Company profits and equity. 

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the potential adverse impact on the Company and Group’s future cash flows from changes in interest rates, and 
arises from the differing interest rate risk characteristics of the Company and Group’s assets and liabilities. In particular, fixed rate 
savings and borrowing products expose the Group to the risk that a change in interest rates could cause either a reduction in interest 
income or an increase in interest expense relative to variable rate interest flows. The Group seeks to “match” interest rate risk on either 
side of the Statement of Financial Position. However, this is not a perfect match and interest rate risk is present in: Money market 
transactions of a fixed rate nature, fixed rate loans, fixed rate savings accounts and floating rate products dependent on when they 
re-price at a future date. 

Interest rate risk is measured throughout the maturity bandings of the book on a parallel shift scenario for a 200 basis points 
movement. Interest rate risk is managed to limit value at risk to be less than £1.5m. The current position of the balance sheet is  
such that it results in a favourable impact on the economic value of equity of £1.3m (2017: £0.8m) for a positive 200bps shift and  
an adverse impact of £1.4m (2017: £0.8m) for a negative 200bps movement. The negative movement is capped at the Bank of England 
base rate of 75bps (2017: 50bps), which result in a negative impact of £0.5m (2017: £0.3m). The Company has no fixed rate exposures, 
but an upward change of 50bps on variable rates would increase pre-tax profits and equity by £10,000 (2017: increase pre-tax profits 
and equity by £10,000).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The following tables summarise the re-pricing periods for the assets and liabilities in the Company and Group, including derivative 
financial instruments which are principally used to reduce exposure to interest rate risk. Items are allocated to time bands by reference 
to the earlier of the next contractual interest rate re-price and the maturity date.

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

Group
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

405,325
54,115
269,026
304
1,030,316
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
27,846
 – 
6,107
 – 
 – 

 – 
58
41,896
 – 
17,502
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
3,923
1,542
170,525
 – 
 – 

1,759,086

33,953

59,456

175,990

232,675
188
1,255,488
 – 
13,283
 – 

 – 
 – 
197,785
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
95,868
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
165,145
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,501,634

197,785

95,868

165,145

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
206
 – 
 – 

206

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
111,131
35,351

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,846
1,224,656
111,131
35,351

146,482

2,175,173

 – 
 – 
 – 
18,785
 – 
195,956

232,675
188
1,714,286
18,785
13,283
195,956

214,741

2,175,173

 – 

206

(68,259)

Impact of derivative instruments

25,762

 – 

 – 

Interest rate sensitivity gap

283,214

(163,832)

(36,412)

(25,762)

(14,917)

Cumulative gap

283,214

119,382

82,970

68,053

68,259

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
87

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

Total
£000

Group
As at 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Equity

313,101
61,211
185,926
950
880,822
 – 
 – 

1,442,010

195,097
931
1,061,442
 – 
13,104
 – 

 – 
579
35,093
 – 
6,938
 – 
 – 

42,610

 – 
 – 
162,503
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
8,889
6,000
 – 
10,774
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,601
143,979
 – 
 – 

25,663

145,580

 – 
 – 
109,478
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
57,358
 – 
 – 
 – 

57,358

Impact of derivative instruments

17,824

 – 

 – 

(17,824)

Interest rate sensitivity gap

189,260

(119,893)

(83,815)

70,398

1,270,574

162,503

109,478

Cumulative gap

189,260

69,367

(14,448)

55,950

55,950

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

**   Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
6,756
188,266
2,347

313,101
70,679
227,019
2,551
1,049,269
188,266
2,347

197,369

1,853,232

 – 
 – 
 – 
16,944
 – 
236,375

195,097
931
1,390,781
16,944
13,104
236,375

253,319

1,853,232

 – 

(55,950)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Company
As at 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

16,977
 – 
 – 

16,977

 – 
13,283
 – 

13,283

3,694

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

31
135,035
19,313

154,379

3,324
 – 
154,749

158,073

171,356

(3,694)

Total
£000

17,008
135,035
19,313

171,356

3,324
13,283
154,749

Cumulative gap

3,694

3,694

3,694

3,694

3,694

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

**  Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Company
As at 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Loans and advances to banks
Other assets*
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Other liabilities**
Debt securities in issue
Equity

Interest rate sensitivity gap

More than 
3 months 
but less than 
6 months
£000

More than 
6 months 
but less than 
1 year
£000

More than 
1 year 
but less than 
5 years
£000

Within 
3 months
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Non interest
bearing
£000

35,944
 – 
 – 

35,944

 – 
13,104
 – 

13,104

22,840

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

Total
£000

36,103
103,855
140

159
103,855
140

104,154

140,098

3,293
 – 
123,701

3,293
13,104
123,701

126,994

140,098

(22,840)

Cumulative gap

22,840

22,840

22,840

22,840

22,840

 – 

*  Other assets include all remaining assets in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

** Other liabilities include all remaining liabilities in the Statement of Financial Position, which are not shown separately above.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
89

(d) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by 
delivering cash or another financial asset.

The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the 
Group’s reputation. The liquidity requirements of the Group are met through withdrawing funds from its Bank of England Reserve 
Account to cover any short-term fluctuations and longer term funding to address any structural liquidity requirements. 

The Group has formal governance structures in place to manage and mitigate liquidity risk on a day to day basis. The Board of AL sets 
and approves the liquidity risk management strategy. The Assets and Liabilities Committee (“ALCO”), comprising senior executives of 
the Group, monitors liquidity risk. Key liquidity risk management information is reported by the finance teams and monitored by the 
Chief Executive Officer and Finance Director on a daily basis. The ALCO meets monthly to review liquidity risk against set thresholds 
and risk indicators including early warning indicators, liquidity risk tolerance levels and Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment 
Process (“ILAAP”) metrics.

The PRA requires the Board to ensure that the Group has adequate levels of liquidity resources and a prudent funding profile, and that 
it comprehensively manages and controls liquidity and funding risks. The Group maintains deposits placed at the Bank of England, 
and highly liquid unencumbered assets that can be called upon to create sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities on demand, particularly 
in a period of liquidity stress. 

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited (“AL”) has a Board approved ILAAP, and maintains liquidity buffers in excess of the minimum 
requirements. The ILAAP is embedded in the risk management framework of the Group and is subject to ongoing updates and 
revisions when necessary. At a minimum, the ILAAP is undated annually. The Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) regime has applied  
to the Group from 1 October 2015, requiring management of net 30 day cash outflows as a proportion of high quality liquid assets.  
The actual LCR at 282% (2017: 222%) has significantly exceeded the regulatory minimum of 90% (2017: 80%) throughout the year.

The Group is exposed to daily calls on its available cash resources from current accounts, maturing deposits and loan draw-downs. 
The Group maintains significant cash resources to meet all of these needs as they fall due. The matching and controlled mismatching  
of the maturities and interest rates of assets and liabilities is fundamental to the management of the Group. It is unusual for banks to 
be completely matched, as transacted business is often of uncertain term and of different types. 

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates.

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2018:

Carrying 
amount
£000

232,675
1,714,286
1,782
13,283
 – 
 – 

At 31 December 2018

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
 – Outflows

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(232,675)
(1,719,600)
(1,782)
(19,431)
(1,744)
(86,002)

(232,675)
(1,274,190)
(1,775)
(90)
(1,744)
(86,002)

 – 
(355,512)
 – 
(271)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(89,898)
 – 
(1,447)
 – 
 – 

(91,345)

 – 
 – 
(7)
(17,623)
 – 
 – 

(17,630)

1,962,026

(2,061,234)

(1,596,476)

(355,783)

188
 – 

188

(188)

(188)

(188)

(188)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

At 31 December 2018

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

At 31 December 2017

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue
Issued financial guarantee contracts
Unrecognised loan commitments

Derivative liabilities
Risk management:
– Outflows

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Carrying 
amount
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
1,224,656
2,976
35,351

Carrying 
amount
£000

195,097
1,390,781
1,207
13,104
 – 
 – 

405,325
54,173
346,694
1,382,857
2,976
35,351

405,325
54,115
129,604
46,646
2,976
16,038

654,704

 – 
58
101,449
173,077
 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 
115,641
1,038,465
 – 
19,313

274,584

1,173,419

 – 
 – 
 – 
124,669
 – 
 – 

124,669

2,065,172

2,227,376

1,846
 – 

1,846

1,846

1,846

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,846

1,846

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

(195,097)
(1,395,770)
(1,207)
(19,381)
(2,976)
(131,963)

(195,097)
(1,040,893)
(1,207)
(87)
(2,976)
(131,963)

 – 
(293,425)
 – 
(262)
 – 
 – 

 – 
(61,452)
 – 
(1,395)
 – 
 – 

1,600,189

(1,746,394)

(1,372,223)

(293,687)

(62,847)

 – 
 – 
 – 
(17,637)
 – 
 – 

(17,637)

931
 – 

931

(931)

(931)

(931)

(931)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

The tables below show the undiscounted contractual cash flows of the Group’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2017:

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
91

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

Carrying 
amount
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
1,049,269
11,964
2,347

At 31 December 2017

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

Derivative assets
Risk management:
– Inflows

313,101
70,679
227,166
1,187,665
11,964
2,347

313,101
61,211
22,886
126,689
11,964
2,335

538,186

 – 
579
101,277
121,493
 – 
 – 

223,349

 – 
8,889
103,003
800,091
 – 
12

911,995

 – 
 – 
 – 
139,392
 – 
 – 

139,392

1,674,379

1,812,922

2,551
 – 

2,551

2,551

2,551

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

2,551

2,551

The table below sets out the components of the Group’s liquidity reserves:

Liquidity reserves

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost/held-to-maturity
Undrawn credit lines

 31 December 2018

 31 December 2017

Amount
£000

405,325
54,173
342,691
10,000

812,189

Fair value
£000

405,325
54,173
344,001
10,000

813,499

Amount
£000

313,101
70,679
227,019
10,000

620,799

Fair value
£000

313,101
70,679
227,951
10,000

621,731

Assets pledged as collateral or encumbered
The total financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position that had been pledged as collateral for liabilities at 
31 December 2018 were £308.9m (2017: £208.7m).

Financial assets are pledged as collateral as part of sales and repurchases, securities borrowing and securitisation transactions under 
terms that are usual and customary for such activities. In addition, as part of these transactions, the Group has received collateral that 
it is permitted to sell or repledge in the absence of default.

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2018:

At 31 December 2018

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Issued financial guarantee contracts

Carrying 
amount
£000

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

1,838
13,283

15,121

(1,838)
(19,431)

(21,269)

(248)
(90)

(338)

 – 
(271)

(271)

 – 
(1,447)

(1,447)

(1,590)
(17,623)

(19,213)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

At 31 December 2018

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments

Carrying 
amount
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

17,008
19,313

36,321

17,008
 – 

17,008

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
19,313

19,313

 – 
 – 

 – 

The table below analyses the contractual cash flows of the Company’s financial liabilities and assets as at 31 December 2017:

At 31 December 2017

Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2017

Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Loans and advances to banks
Financial investments
Other assets

Carrying 
amount
£000

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

1,840
13,104

14,944

(1,840)
(19,381)

(21,221)

(251)
(87)

(338)

 – 
(262)

(262)

 – 
(1,395)

(1,395)

(1,589)
(17,637)

(19,226)

Carrying 
amount
£000

36,103
140
162

36,405

Gross 
nominal
inflow/
(outflow)
£000

Not 
more than
 3 months
£000

More than 
3 months 
but less than
1 year
£000

More than
1 year
but less than 
5 years
£000

More than 
5 years
£000

36,103
140
162

36,405

36,103
128
162

36,393

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
12
 – 

12

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

The maturities of assets and liabilities and the ability to replace, at an acceptable cost, interest-bearing liabilities as they mature are 
important factors in assessing the liquidity of the Group and its exposure to changes in interest rates and exchange rates.

Fiduciary activities
The Group provides investment management and advisory services to third parties, which involve the Group making allocation and 
purchase and sale decisions in relation to a wide range of financial instruments. Those assets that are held in a fiduciary capacity are 
not included in these financial statements. These services give rise to the risk that the Group may be accused of maladministration or 
underperformance. At the balance sheet date, the Group had investment management accounts amounting to approximately £985m 
(2017: £1,044m). Additionally, the Group provides investment advisory services.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
93

(e) Financial assets and liabilities
The tables below set out the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities into their respective classifications:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Derivative financial instruments
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Derivative financial instruments
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

FVPL
£000

FVOCI
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,846 
 – 
2,976 
165 

4,987 

 – 
188 
 – 
1,782 
 – 

1,970 

Amortised 
cost
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
 – 
1,224,656 
 – 
 – 

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
1,846 
1,224,656 
2,976 
35,351 

Fair 
value
£000

405,325 
54,173 
344,001 
1,846 
1,187,408 
2,976 
35,351 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
35,186 

35,186 

2,026,845 

2,067,018 

2,031,080 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

232,675 
 – 
1,714,286 
 – 
13,283 

232,675 
188 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

232,675 
188 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

1,960,244 

1,962,214 

1,962,214 

Fair 
value
£000

313,101 
70,679 
227,951 
2,551 
1,022,816 
11,964 
2,347 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
2,347 

2,347 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

313,101 
70,679 
227,019 
2,551 
1,049,269 
11,964 
2,347 

1,676,930 

1,651,409 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

195,097
 – 
1,390,781
 – 
13,104

195,097 
931 
1,390,781 
1,207 
13,104 

195,097 
931 
1,390,781 
1,207 
13,104 

1,598,982 

1,601,120 

1,601,120 

 – 
 – 
 – 
2,551 
 – 
 – 
 – 

2,551 

 – 
931 
 – 
 – 
 – 

931 

 – 
 – 
227,019 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

313,101 
70,679 
 – 
 – 
1,049,269 
11,964 
 – 

227,019 

1,445,013 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,207 
 – 

1,207 

Fair value
through 
profit or loss
£000

Held-to-
maturity
£000

Loans and
receivables
£000

Available-
for-sale
£000

Liabilities
at amortised
cost
£000

Total 
carrying
amount
£000

The Group’s accounting policies on the classification of financial instruments under IFRS 9 are set out in Note 3.8. The application  
of these policies resulted in reclassifications set out in Note 2(f).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

Valuation of financial instruments
The Group measures the fair value of an instrument using quoted prices in an active market for that instrument. A market is  
regarded as active if quoted prices are readily and regularly available and represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions. 
If a market for a financial instrument is not active, the Group establishes fair value using a valuation technique. These include the use 
of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same for which market observable prices 
exist, net present value and discounted cash flow analysis. The objective of valuation techniques is to determine the fair value of the 
financial instrument at the reporting date as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly 
transaction between market participants. In the event that fair values of assets and liabilities cannot be reliably measured, they are 
carried at cost.

The Group measures fair value using the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making 
measurements:

•  Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

•  Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  

(i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). This category includes instruments valued using: quoted market prices in active 
markets for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered less than active; or 
other valuation techniques in which all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

•  Level 3: Inputs that are unobservable. This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs not 

based on observable data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation. This category includes 
instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments for which significant unobservable adjustments or 
assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments.

The consideration of factors such as the magnitude and frequency of trading activity, the availability of prices and the size of bid/offer 
spreads assists in the judgement as to whether a market is active. If, in the opinion of management, a significant proportion of the 
instrument’s carrying amount is driven by unobservable inputs, the instrument in its entirety is classified as valued using significant 
unobservable inputs. ‘Unobservable’ in this context means that there is little or no current market data available from which to 
determine the level at which an arm’s length transaction would be likely to occur. It generally does not mean that there is no market 
data available at all upon which to base a determination of fair value (consensus pricing data may, for example, be used). 

The tables below analyse financial instruments measured at fair value by the level in the fair value hierarchy into which the 
measurement is categorised:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments

Level 1
£000

 – 
34,223 

34,223 

 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

1,846 
 – 

1,846 

188 

188 

Level 3
£000

 – 
1,128 

1,128 

 – 

 – 

Total
£000

1,846 
35,351 

37,197 

188 

188 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Derivative financial instruments
Financial investments

LIABILITIES
Derivative financial instruments

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
144 

144 

 – 

 – 

2,551 
 – 

2,551 

931 

931 

Level 3
£000

 – 
2,203 

2,203 

 – 

 – 

95

Total
£000

2,551 
2,347 

4,898 

931 

931

There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 during the year.

The following table reconciles the movement in level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value (financial investments) during  
the year:

Movement in level 3

At 1 January
Consideration received
Disposals
Movements recognised in Other Comprehensive Income
Movements recognised in the Income Statement

At 31 December

2018
£000

2,203 
163 
(1,403)
135 
30 

1,128 

2017
£000

2,012 
 – 
 – 
136 
55 

2,203

Secure Trust bank investment
The Group currently holds equity shares in Secure Trust Bank plc, valued at £34.2m (2017: £nil). The shares are recognised at fair 
value using quoted prices on the London Stock Exchange.

Visa Inc. investment
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds preference shares in Visa Inc., valued at £863k (2017: £706k) as at 31 December 2018. These shares 
have been valued at their future conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. The valuation includes a 31% haircut, comprising 25% 
due to a contingent liability disclosed in Visa Europe’s accounts in relation to litigation and 6% based on a liquidity discount.

Investment in overseas property company
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds a debt and equity investment classified as FVPL in a property company which owns an office 
building through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold under the terms of the sale agreement  
the buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals) included as a condition of the sale agreement. A distribution of £1.6m has been received and a gain 
of £75k has been recognised in profit or loss during the year. The investment has been valued at £165k as at 31 December 2018.  
The investment has been valued as the discounted consideration outstanding less 11% hair cut for the warranties. 

Hetz Ventures, L.P.
Arbuthnot Latham currently holds an equity investment in Hetz Ventures, L.P. which was launched in January 2018 with the primary 
objective to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns for its Partners, principally through long-term capital appreciation, by making, 
holding and disposing of equity and equity-related investments in early stage revenue generating Israeli technology companies, primarily 
in cyber, fin-tech and the disruptive software sectors. The company has committed to a capital contribution of USD $1.0m of the total 
closing fund capital of USD$55.0m. At 31 December 2018 the company had made capital contributions into the Fund of $168k. 

The investment is classified as FVOCI and is valued at fair value by Hetz Ventures, L.P. at £0.1m as at 31 December 2018. As at year 
end the fair value is deemed to be cost less management fees due to the immature stage of investments that have been made by the Fund.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

6. Financial risk management (continued)

The tables below analyse financial instruments not measured at fair value by the level in the fair value hierarchy:

At 31 December 2018

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers*
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Level 1
£000

Level 2
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
996,198 
 – 

1,798,387 

232,675 
1,714,286 
 – 
 – 

1,946,961 

Level 3
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
228,458 
2,976 

231,434 

 – 
 – 
1,782 
13,283 

15,065 

Total
£000

405,325 
54,173 
342,691 
1,224,656 
2,976 

2,029,821 

232,675 
1,714,286 
1,782 
13,283 

1,962,026 

*  On transition to IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, all loans on a variable rate are now recognised as Level 2 financial instruments.

At 31 December 2017

ASSETS
Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities held-to-maturity
Loans and advances to customers
Other assets

LIABILITIES
Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Other liabilities
Debt securities in issue

Level 1
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Level 2
£000

313,101 
70,679 
227,019 
 – 
 – 

610,799 

195,097 
1,390,781 
 – 
 – 

1,585,878 

Level 3
£000

Total
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
1,049,269 
11,964 

1,061,233 

 – 
 – 
1,207 
13,104 

14,311 

313,101 
70,679 
227,019 
1,049,269 
11,964 

1,672,032 

195,097 
1,390,781 
1,207 
13,104 

1,600,189 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
97

7. Capital management

The Group’s capital management policy is focused on optimising shareholder value. There is a clear focus on delivering organic growth 
and ensuring capital resources are sufficient to support planned levels of growth. The Board regularly reviews the capital position. 

The Group’s lead regulator, the Prudential Regulatory Authority (“PRA”), sets and monitors capital requirements for the Group.

In accordance with the EU’s Capital Requirements Directive (“CRD”) and the required parameters set out in the PRA Handbook 
(BIPRU 2.2), the Individual Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (“ICAAP”) is embedded in the risk management framework of the 
Group and is subject to ongoing updates and revisions when necessary. However, at a minimum, the ICAAP is updated annually as 
part of the business planning process. The ICAAP is a process that brings together the management framework (i.e. the policies, 
procedures, strategies, and systems that the Group has implemented to identify, manage and mitigate its risks) and the financial 
disciplines of business planning and capital management. 

Not all material risks can be mitigated by capital, but where capital is appropriate the Board has adopted a “Pillar I plus” approach  
to determine the level of capital the Group needs to hold. This method takes the Pillar I capital formula calculations (standardised 
approach for credit, market and operational risk) as a starting point, and then considers whether each of the calculations delivers a 
sufficient capital sum adequately to cover management’s anticipated risks. Where the Board considered that the Pillar I calculations  
did not reflect the risk, an additional capital add-on in Pillar II is applied, as per the Total Capital Requirement (“TCR”) issued by  
the PRA. The current TCR of the Group is 9.00%.

The Group’s regulatory capital is divided into two tiers:

•  Tier 1 comprises mainly shareholders’ funds and revaluation reserves, after deducting goodwill, other intangible assets and a significant 

investment in a financial institution (STB). The portion of the investment representing up to 10% of ABG’s Tier 1 is added back to 
capital resources and then risk weighted at 250%, while anything above this 10% is deducted.

•  Lower Tier 2 comprises qualifying subordinated loan capital. Lower Tier 2 capital cannot exceed 50% of Tier 1 capital.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 201898

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

7. Capital management (continued)

The following table shows the regulatory capital resources as managed by the Group:

Tier 1
Share capital
Retained earnings*
Deduction for significant investment*
Add back 10% of CET1 (risk weighted at 250%)
Capital redemption reserve
IFRS 9 – Transitional add back
Treasury shares
Deduction for goodwill
Deduction for other intangibles
Fair value/Available-for-sale reserve*
Prudent valuation deduction

Total tier 1 capital resources

Tier 2
Debt securities in issue

Total tier 2 capital resources

2018
£000

153 
209,083 
(34,219)
18,137 
20 
1,986 
(1,131)
(5,202)
(11,336)
(12,169)
(38)

165,284 

13,283 

13,283 

2017
£000

153 
237,171 
(83,804)
22,038 
20 
– 
(1,131)
(5,202)
(10,793)
162 
– 

158,614 

13,104 

13,104 

Total tier 1 & tier 2 capital resources

178,567 

171,718 

Core Tier 1 capital ratio (Net Core Tier 1 capital/Basel III Total Risk Exposure)

Total Capital Ratio (Capital/Basel III Total Risk Exposure)

15.9%

17.2%

17.3%

18.8%

*  The reduced deduction for significant investment is due to the fall in the fair value of the investment in STB, which is now accounted for as a financial 
asset at fair value through OCI. The initial fair value adjustment went through retained earnings as part of the net current year loss recorded and fair 
value losses since then are reflected in the fair value reserve.  

The ICAAP includes a summary of the capital required to mitigate the identified risks in its regulated entities and the amount of capital 
that the Group has available. The PRA sets TCR for each UK bank calibrated by reference to its Capital Resources Requirement, 
broadly equivalent to 8 percent of risk weighted assets and thus representing the capital required under Pillar I of the Basel III 
framework. The ICAAP is a key input into the PRA’s TCR setting process, which addresses the requirements of Pillar II of the Basel III 
framework. The PRA’s approach is to monitor the available capital resources in relation to the TCR requirement. The Group maintains 
an extra internal buffer and capital ratios are reviewed on a monthly basis to ensure that external requirements are adhered to.  
All regulated entities have complied with all of the externally imposed capital requirements to which they are subject.

Pillar III complements the minimum capital requirements (Pillar I) and the supervisory review process (Pillar II). Its aim is to encourage 
market discipline by developing a set of disclosure requirements which will allow market participants to assess key pieces of 
information on a firm’s capital, risk exposures and risk assessment processes. Our Pillar III disclosures for the year ended 31 December 
2018 are published as a separate document on the Group website under Investor Relations (Announcements & Shareholder Info).

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
99

2017
£000

801 
258 
1,353 
45,015 

47,427 

(35)
(5,939)
(360)

(6,334)

2018
£000

2,264 
2,703 
3,303 
57,020 

65,290 

(1,517)
(8,224)
(366)

(10,107)

55,183 

41,093 

8. Net interest income

Cash and balances at central banks
Loans and advances to banks
Debt securities at amortised cost/held-to-maturity
Loans and advances to customers

Deposits from banks
Deposits from customers
Debt securities in issue

Interest expense

Net interest income

9. Fee and commission income

Fee and commission income is disaggregated below and includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15, Revenues from Contracts with 
Customers: 

Group
At 31 December 2018

Banking commissions
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Total fee and commission income

Group
At 31 December 2017

Banking and services fees
Foreign exchange fees
Investment management fees
Wealth planning fees

Total fee and commission income

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

747 
558 
8,177 
1,404 

10,886 

617 
232 
 – 
 – 

849 

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial 
Banking
£000

1,487 
545 
7,870 
2,593 

12,495 

374 
161 
 – 
 – 

535 

RAF
£000

151 
 – 
 – 
 – 

151 

RAF
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

All Other 
Divisions
£000

220 
537 
1 
312 

Total
£000

1,735 
1,327 
8,178 
1,716 

1,070 

12,956 

All Other 
Divisions
£000

402 
356 
17 
 – 

775 

Total
£000

2,263 
1,062 
7,887 
2,593 

13,805 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
100

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

10. Net impairment loss on financial assets

Net Impairment losses on loans and advances to customers

Of which:
Stage 1
Stage 3

2018
£000

2,731 

821 
1,910 

2,731 

2017
£000

394 

 – 
 – 

394 

The provision charge in 2018 has increased largely due to the transition to IFRS 9, if 2017 was restated on an IFRS 9 basis the charge 
would have been £3.0m.

During the year, the Group recovered £41k (2017: £116k) of loans which had previously been written off.

11. Other income

Other income includes a fair value adjustment of £2.6m (2017: £nil), to the contingent consideration for the acquisition of Renaissance 
Asset Finance Ltd. The fair value adjustment is based on management’s assessment of the underlying performance of the business and 
reflects a reduction in the estimated future liability payable under the sale and purchase agreement.

Other items reflected in other income include rental income from the investment properties (see Note 31) of £2.6m (2017: £2.1m), 
premises recharges of £0.7m (2017: £0.7m) to STB for office space occupied and dividends received on the shares held in STB of 
£0.7m, since de-recognition as an associate undertaking.

12. Operating expenses

Operating expenses comprise:

Staff costs, including Directors:
Wages, salaries and bonuses
Social security costs
Pension costs
Share based payment transactions (Note 39)

Amortisation of intangibles (Note 28)
Depreciation (Note 30)
Financial Services Compensation Scheme Levy
Operating lease rentals
Operating expenses for investment property
Acquisitions costs
Other administrative expenses

Total operating expenses from continuing operations

Details on Directors remuneration are disclosed in the Remuneration Report on page 32.

2018
£000

37,051 
4,176 
1,842 
(318)
1,752 
1,122 
113 
3,143 
282 
378 
15,441 

64,982 

2017
£000

30,937 
3,576 
1,558 
189 
1,036 
1,508 
190 
3,087 
230 
108 
12,302 

54,721 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
101

2017
£000

105 

221 
85 
17
 – 

428 

2017
£000

472 
(141)

331 

(135)
252 

117 

448 

2,534 
488 
(429)
277 
1 
111 

448 

2018
£000

112 

323
160
10
10

615

2018
£000

620 
132 

752 

350 
19 

369 

1,121 

6,780 
1,288 
(854)
536 
 – 
151 

1,121 

12. Operating expenses (continued)

Remuneration of the auditor and its associates, excluding VAT, was as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit of the accounts of subsidiaries
Audit related assurance services
Other assurance services
Other non-audit services

Total fees payable

13. Income tax expense

United Kingdom corporation tax at 19% (2017: 19.25%)

Current taxation
Corporation tax charge – current year
Corporation tax charge – adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Income tax expense

Tax reconciliation
Profit before tax
Tax at 19% (2017: 19.25%)
Permanent difference – Tax on associate income
Other permanent differences
Tax rate change
Prior period adjustments

Corporation tax charge for the year

Permanent differences mainly relate to associate income which is reflected after tax.

The tax charge on discontinuing operations is disclosed in Note 14.

On 26 October 2015 the Government substantively enacted a reduction in the UK corporation tax rate from 20% to 19% (effective 
from 1 April 2017). An additional reduction to 17% (effective from 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on 6 September 2016. 
This will reduce the Bank’s future current tax charge accordingly. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

14. Discontinued operations

The profit after tax from discontinued operations is made up as follows:

Discontinued operations

Profit after tax from discontinued operations – STB associate income (up to 8 August 2018)
Loss after tax on de-recognition of STB

Loss after tax from discontinued operations

Year ended 
31 December
2018
£000

Year ended 
31 December
2017
£000

2,971 
(28,663)

(25,692)

4,437 
 – 

4,437 

During the year Sir Henry Angest and Andrew Salmon resigned their positions on the board of Secure Trust Bank PLC (“STB”) and 
the Group does not have the right to appoint any future directors to the board of STB. As a result of this the Group was deemed to no 
longer have significant influence over the associated company (see Note 27) and thus the shareholding is now recognised as a financial 
investment. This required the investment to be marked to market. Given the decline in the share price of STB over the previous years, 
this assessment resulted in a mark to market loss of £28.7m. This loss, together with the profit from associate for the period up to  
8 August, is reflected as a discontinued operation as the income was previously shown as a separately reported operating segment.

15. Average number of employees

Private Banking
Commercial Banking
RAF
All Other Divisions
Group Centre

2018

135
46
26
182
17

406

2017

136
38
13
161
17

365

16. Earnings per ordinary share

Basic
Basic earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company by  
the weighted average number of ordinary shares 14,889,048 (2017: 14,852,763) in issue during the year. 

Diluted
Diluted earnings per ordinary share are calculated by dividing the dilutive profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as well as the number of dilutive share options in issue 
during the year. The number of dilutive share options in issue at the year end was nil (2017: nil).

Profit & dilutive profit attributable

Total (loss)/profit after tax attributable to equity holders of the Company
Profit after tax from continuing operations attributable to equity holders of the Company
(Loss)/profit after tax from discontinued operations attributable to equity holders of the Company

Basic & Diluted Earnings per share

Total Basic Earnings per share
Basic Earnings per share from continuing operations
Basic Earnings per share from discontinued operations

2018
£000

(20,033)
5,659 
(25,692)

2018
p

(134.5)
38.0 
(172.5)

2017
£000

6,523 
2,086 
4,437 

2017
p

43.9 
14.0 
29.9 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
103

17. Cash and balances at central banks

Group

Cash and balances at central banks

2018
£000

2017
£000

 405,325

313,101

All assets have been assessed as Stage 1 at 1 January and 31 December 2018, with immaterial ECL. 

Surplus funds are mainly held in the Bank of England reserve account, with the remainder held in certificates of deposit, fixed rate 
notes and money market deposits in highly rated banks (the majority held in UK clearing banks). 

18. Loans and advances to banks

Group

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (Note 41)

2018
£000

54,173

The table below presents an analysis of loans and advances to banks by rating agency designation as at 31 December, based on 
Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

Aaa
Aa3
A1
A2
A3
Baa1
Unrated

None of the loans and advances to banks are past due (2017: £nil). ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

Company

Placements with banks included in cash and cash equivalents (Note 41)

2018
£000

709
42,230
8,880
1,906
10
430
8

54,173

2018
£000

17,008

Loans and advances to banks include bank balances of £17.0m (2017: £36.1m) with Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd.

19. Debt securities at amortised cost/held-to-maturity

Debt securities represent certificates of deposit. 

The movement in debt securities may be summarised as follows:

Group

At 1 January
Exchange difference
Additions
Redemptions

At 31 December

2018
£000

227,019 
4,783 
467,772 
(356,883)

342,691 

2017
£000

70,679

2017
£000

 – 
39,871
20,553
10,012
 – 
235
8

70,679

2017
£000

36,103

2017
£000

107,300 
(951)
211,080 
(90,410)

227,019 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
104

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

19. Debt securities at amortised cost/held-to-maturity (continued)

The table below presents an analysis of debt securities by rating agency designation at 31 December, based on Moody’s long  
term ratings:

Group

Aaa
Aa1
Aa2
Aa3
A1
A2
A3

None of the debt securities are past due (2017: £nil). ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

20. Assets classified as held for sale

Seed capital investments held for sale
Repossessed property held for sale

2018
£000

76,281 
84,218 
32,325 
56,046 
75,657 
18,164 
 – 

342,691 

Group

2018
£000

– 
8,002 

8,002 

2017
£000

100,106 
51,389 
5,946 
18,384 
18,187 
 – 
33,007 

227,019 

2017
£000

– 
2,915 

2,915 

Seed capital investments held for sale
The Group considers itself a sponsor of an investment fund when it facilitates the establishment of a fund in which the Group is the 
investment manager. The Group ordinarily provides seed capital in order to provide initial scale and facilitate marketing of the funds 
to third-party investors. The fund is then financed through the issue of units to investors. Aggregate interests held by the Group include 
seed capital, management fees and performance fees. The Group generates management and performance fee income from managing 
the assets on behalf of third-party investors.

The Group has an investment of £nil (2017: £1) in the share capital of the SPV created to administer the fund. At 31 December 2018, 
the Group has a receivable of £nil (2017: £6.8m) from the SPV, which is reflected in Note 24.

In 2017, the Fund was classified as held for sale. The criteria required for this classification have not been met in 2018 and therefore  
it has been consolidated in 2018.

Repossessed property held for sale
In the prior year, a property in Spain held as collateral on a loan was repossessed. As at the time of repossession, it was expected that 
the property would be sold in 12 months, it was recognised as held for sale. A sale was not possible during the year, due to factors 
outside of the Group’s control, however as a sale is assessed to be probable within 12 months, it has been recognised as held  
for sale with a carrying value of £3.1m (2017: £2.9m).

During the year, a further property in Spain held as collateral on a loan, valued at £4.9m at year end was repossessed. The Group’s 
policy is to pursue timely realisation of the collateral in an orderly manner. The property is recognised as an asset held for sale.

All repossessed property is expected to be sold within 12 months.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
105

21. Derivative financial instruments

Group

Currency swaps
Interest rate swaps
Structured notes

2018

2017

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

Contract/notional
amount
£000

Fair value 
assets
£000

Fair value
liabilities
£000

4,929
25,762
1,607

32,298

192
112
1,542

1,846

188
 – 
 – 

188

9,614
17,824
1,607

29,045

950
 – 
1,601

2,551

931
 – 
 – 

931

All assets have been assessed as Stage 1 as at 1 January and 31 December 2018, with immaterial ECL.

The principal derivatives used by the Group are over the counter exchange rate contracts. Exchange rate related contracts include 
currency swaps and interest rate swaps. 

A forward foreign exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a specified amount of foreign currency on a specified future date at 
an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involve the exchange of interest payment obligations denominated in different currencies; 
exchange of principal can be notional or actual. The currency swaps are settled net and therefore the fair value is small in comparison 
to the contract/notional amount. Interest rate swaps are used to hedge against the Profit or Loss impact resulting from the movement 
in interest rates, due to some exposures having fixed rate terms.

Also included in derivative financial instruments are structured notes. The Group invested in the structured notes, which are maturing 
in 2021.

The Group only uses investment graded banks as counterparties for derivative financial instruments. None of the contracts are 
collateralised.

The table below presents an analysis of derivative financial instruments contract/notional amounts by rating agency designation  
of counterparty bank at 31 December, based on Moody’s long term ratings:

Group

A1
A2
Baa1

2018
£000

29,601 
2,635 
62 

32,298 

2017
£000

26,521 
2,524 
 – 

29,045 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
106

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

22. Loans and advances to customers

Analyses of loans and advances to customers:

Group

At 31 December 2017
IFRS 9 reclassification into Stages

Gross loans and advances at 1 January 2018

Originations
Repayments and write-offs
Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3

IAS 39
£000

1,050,631
(1,050,631)

 – 

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2018

Less allowances for ECLs (see Note 23)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2018

 – 

 – 

 – 

Stage 1
£000

 – 
992,252

992,252

458,825
(266,890)
7,975
(27,929)
(3,109)

1,161,124

(1,606)

2018

Stage 2
£000

 – 
29,502

29,502

 – 
(8,809)
(7,975)
28,975
(8,993)

32,700

(8)

1,159,518

32,692

2017

Stage 3
 £000

 – 
28,877

28,877

 – 
(2,526)
 – 
(1,046)
12,102

37,407

(4,961)

32,446

Total
£000

1,050,631 
 – 

1,050,631

458,825
(278,225)
 – 
 – 
 – 

1,231,231

(6,575)

1,224,656

Group

IAS 39
£000

Stage 1
£000

Stage 2
£000

Stage 3
 £000

Total
£000

Gross loans and advances at 31 December 2017

Less allowances for impairments (see Note 23)

Net loans and advances at 31 December 2017

1,050,631

(1,362)

1,049,269

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

1,050,631

(1,362)

1,049,269

Comparative data for 2017 has been prepared under IAS 39. For a maturity profile of loans and advances to customers, refer  
to Note 6.

Loans and advances to customers by division (net of ECL/impairments):

Group

Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December 2018

Group

At 31 December 2017

Private 
Banking
£000

618,486
20,034
31,944

670,464

Private 
Banking
£000

650,245

Commercial 
Banking
£000

431,630
11,478
 – 

443,108

Commercial 
Banking
£000

305,055

2018

2017

RAF
£000

84,276
1,180
502

85,958

RAF
£000

71,265

All Other 
Divisions
£000

25,126
 – 
 – 

25,126

All Other 
Divisions
£000

Total
£000

1,159,518
32,692
32,446

1,224,656

Total
£000

22,704

1,049,269

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018Analyses of past due loans and advances to customers by division: 

Group

Up to 30 days
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
30 - 60 days
Stage 2
Stage 3
60 - 90 days
Stage 2
Stage 3
Over 90 days
Stage 2
Stage 3

At 31 December

Group

Up to 30 days
30 - 60 days
Over 90 days

At 31 December

Private 
Banking
£000

47,766
47,766
 – 
 – 
662
662
 – 
385
385
 – 
49,415
12,901
36,514

98,228

Private 
Banking
£000

90,527
11,043
5,078

106,648

2018

Commercial 
Banking
£000

20,784
20,784
 – 
 – 
2,300
2,300
 – 
4,177
4,177
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

27,261

Commercial 
Banking
£000

24,599
 – 
 – 

24,599

2017

RAF
£000

2,519
2,078
154
287
775
565
210
297
175
122
546
272
274

4,137

RAF
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

Prior year numbers are presented under IAS 39 and therefore has no Staging.

Loans and advances to customers include finance lease receivables as follows:

Group

Gross investment in finance lease receivables:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

Unearned future finance income on finance leases

Net investment in finance leases

The net investment in finance leases may be analysed as follows:
– No later than 1 year
– Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
– Later than 5 years

107

Total
£000

71,069
70,628
154
287
3,737
3,527
210
4,859
4,737
122
49,961
13,173
36,788

129,626

Total
£000

115,126
11,043
5,078

131,247

2017
£000

28,911 
53,766 
 – 
82,677 
(11,412)

71,265 

23,170 
48,095 
 – 

71,265 

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

All Other 
Divisions
£000

 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

2018
£000

36,609 
62,541 
214 
99,364 
(13,406)

85,958 

30,657 
55,095 
206 

85,958 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

22. Loans and advances to customers (continued)

(a) Loans and advances renegotiated
Restructuring activities include external payment arrangements, modification and deferral of payments. Following restructuring,  
a previously overdue customer account is reset to a normal status and managed together with other similar accounts. Restructuring 
policies and practices are based on indicators or criteria which, in the judgement of management, indicate that payment will most 
likely continue. These policies are kept under continuous review. Renegotiated loans that would otherwise be past due or impaired 
totalled £nil (2017: £nil).

(b) Collateral held
Collateral is measured at fair value less costs to sell. Most of the loans are secured by property. The fair value of the collateral held 
against loans and advances in Stage 3 is £43.0m (2017: £42.5m – collateral of loans and advances recognised as impaired under IAS 
39) against loans (net of ECL) of £37.4m (2017: £29.7m – loans and advances recognised as impaired under IAS 39). The weighted 
average loan-to-value is 72.9% (2017: 50%). 

23. Allowances for impairment of loans and advances

An analysis of movements in the allowance for ECLs:

Group

At 31 December 2017
IFRS 9 transition adjustment
Reclassification into IFRS 9 Stages

At 1 January 2018

IAS 39
£000

1,362 
2,580 
(3,942)

 – 

Transfer to Stage 1
Transfer to Stage 2
Transfer to Stage 3
Current year charge
Adjustment due to variation in expected future cash flows
Repayments and write-offs

At 31 December 2018

 –

Allowances for impairments of loans and advances – IAS 39 comparatives
Reconciliation of specific allowance for impairments:

Group

At 1 January
Impairment losses
On acquisition of RAF (see Note 29)
Loans written off during the year as uncollectible
Amounts recovered during the year

At 31 December

Stage 1
£000

Stage 2
£000

Stage 3
£000

1,244 

1,244 

– 
(378)
(81)
821 
– 
– 

1,606 

1,178 

1,178 

– 
378 
(1,548)
– 
– 
– 

8 

1,520 

1,520 

– 
– 
1,629 
1,871 
78 
(137)

4,961 

Total
£000

1,362 
2,580 
 – 

3,942 

– 
– 
– 
2,692 
78 
(137)

6,575 

2017
£000

973 
329 
51 
(15)
(116) 

1,222 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
109

2017
£000

75 
65 

140 

1,362 

2017
£000

5,208 
4,436 
6,756 
4,224 

2018
£000

2,976 
4,058 
 – 
5,682 

Reconciliation of collective allowance for impairments: 

Group

On acquisition of RAF (see Note 29)
Impairment losses

At 31 December

Total allowance for impairments as at 31 December 2017

24. Other assets

Group

Trade receivables
Inventory
Receivable from investment fund held for sale
Prepayments and accrued income

12,716 

20,624 

As allowed by IFRS 9, the Group utilises the practical expedient for the stage allocation of particular financial instruments which are 
deemed ‘low credit risk’. This practical expedient permits the Group to assume, without more detailed analysis, that the credit risk on 
a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have ‘low 
credit’ at the reporting date. The Group allocates such assets to Stage 1. The low credit risk exemption is applied to Trade receivables. 
ECL has been assessed as immaterial.

Inventory
Land acquired through repossession of collateral which is subsequently held in the ordinary course of business with a view to develop 
and sell is accounted for as inventory. The land is currently in the process of being redeveloped and will ultimately be sold off as 
individual residential plots. The proceeds from the sale of these plots will be used to repay the outstanding loans. Pinnacle Universal  
is a special purpose vehicle, 100% owned by the Group, which owns this land.

Company

Trade receivables
Due from subsidiary undertakings
Prepayments and accrued income

2018
£000

 – 
 – 
42 

42 

2017
£000

3 
159 
37 

199 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
110

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

25. Financial investments

Group

Designated at fair value through profit and loss
– Listed securities
– Debt securities
Designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
– Listed securities
– Debt securities
– Unlisted securities

Total financial investments

2018
£000

 – 
165

34,222
 – 
964

35,351

2017
£000

128
 – 

4
1,497
718

2,347

Listed securities
The Group holds investments in listed securities which are valued based on quoted prices. 

On 8 August 2018, ABG lost significant influence over STB. At this date the interest in associate was de-recognised and the shares held 
in STB were marked to market and disclosed as a financial investment. The shares were designated as FVOCI for strategic purposes.  
In November 2018 ABG sold 575,000 shares held in STB, reducing the shareholding from 18.64% to 15.53%. The carrying value at 
year end is £34.2m and £0.7m of dividends were received in the year.

Debt securities
The Group has made an investment in an unlisted special purpose vehicle, set up to acquire and enhance the value of a commercial 
property through its 100% owned subsidiary. During 2018 the subsidiary company was sold. Under the terms of the sale agreement  
the buyer agreed to purchase 100% of the share capital and reimburse all outstanding loans. The proceeds of the sale have been 
distributed to the investors, except for the amount withheld for the general and specific warranties (which will be released in three 
instalments at 18 month intervals included as a condition of the sale agreement. A distribution of £1.6m has been received and a  
gain of £0.1m has been recognised in profit during the year. The investment has been valued at £0.2m as at 31 December 2018  
(see Note 6. (e)).

Unlisted securities
All unlisted securities have been designated as FVOCI as they are held for strategic reasons.

On 23 June 2016 Arbuthnot Latham received €1.3m cash consideration following Visa Inc.’s completion of the acquisition of 
Visa Europe. As part of the deal Arbuthnot Latham also received preference shares in Visa Inc., these have been valued at their 
future conversion value into Visa Inc. common stock. Management has assessed the fair value of the Group’s investment as £863k 
(2017: £706k). This valuation includes a 31% haircut.

On adoption of IFRS 9 at 1 January 2018, the Group designated its investment in the security as FVOCI. Previously, this investment 
was classified as available for sale and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Dividends received during the year 
amounted to £7k (2017: £2k).

A further investment in an unlisted investment vehicle was a made in the year. The carrying value at year end is £100k and no 
dividends were received in the year.

Company

Financial investments comprise:
– Listed securities (at fair value through OCI)
– Unlisted securities (at fair value through OCI)

Total financial investments

2018
£000

19,312 
1 

19,313 

2017
£000

128 
12 

140 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
26. Deferred taxation

The deferred tax asset comprises:

Group

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Movement in fair value of financial investments FVOCI/available-for-sale
Unutilised tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
On acquisition of RAF
Other Comprehensive Income – FVOCI/available-for-sale
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses
IFRS 9 adjustment

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

Company

Accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Tax losses

Deferred tax asset

At 1 January
Profit and loss account – accelerated capital allowances and other short-term timing differences
Profit and loss account – tax losses

Deferred tax asset at 31 December

2018
£000

(68)
(66)
1,134 
490 

1,490 

1,527 
 – 
(26)
(96)
(405)
490 

1,490 

2018
£000

2 
111 

113 

641 
 – 
(528)

113 

111

2017
£000

372 
(40)
1,195 
 – 

1,527 

1,665 
5 
(26)
(576)
459 
 – 

1,527 

2017
£000

346 
295 

641 

397 
(51)
295 

641 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for tax losses to the extent that the realisation of the related tax benefit through future taxable 
profits is probable.

27. Interests in associates

Group

Secure Trust Bank PLC

Interests in associates

2018
£000

 – 

 – 

2017
£000

83,804

83,804

Secure Trust Bank (“STB”)
At 31 December 2017, ABG had an 18.64% shareholding in STB. On 8 August 2018, ABG lost significant influence over STB and as 
such the interest in associate was de-recognised. This resulted in a loss on de-recognition of £28.7m, as the shares were marked to 
market at that date. The profit from associate up to 8 August 2018 was £3m. Going forward the shareholding in STB is reflected as  
a financial investment as disclosed in Note 25.

Interest in associate for the Company is set out below:

Company

Secure Trust Bank PLC

Interests in associates

2018
£000

 – 

 – 

2017
£000

5,056

5,056

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018112

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

28. Intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 1 January 2017
Additions
On Acquisition – RAF (see Note 29)

At 31 December 2017

Additions

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2017
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2017

Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2018

Net book amount

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2018

Goodwill
£000

Computer 
software
£000

Other 
intangibles
£000

1,682 
 – 
3,520 

5,202 

 – 

5,202 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

5,202 

5,202 

8,507 
2,641 
 – 

11,148 

2,294 

13,442 

(1,732)
(830)

(2,562)

(1,483)

(4,045)

8,586 

9,397 

214 
 – 
2,348 

2,562 

 – 

2,562 

(149)
(206)

(355)

(268)

(623)

2,207 

1,939 

Total
£000

10,403 
2,641 
5,868 

18,912 

2,294 

21,206 

(1,881)
(1,036)

(2,917)

(1,751)

(4,668)

15,995 

16,538 

The accounting policy for goodwill is described in Note 3.15 (a). The Group reviews the goodwill for impairment at least annually  
or when events or changes in economic circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place. Significant management 
judgements are made in estimations, to evaluate whether an impairment of goodwill is necessary. Impairment testing is performed  
at CGU level and the following two items, with judgements surrounding them, have a significant impact on the estimations used in 
determining the necessity of an impairment charge:

•  Future cash flows – Cash flow forecasts reflect management’s view of future business forecasts at the time of the assessment.  

A detailed three year budget is done every year and management also uses judgement in applying a growth rate. The accuracy of 
future cash flows is subject to a high degree of uncertainty in volatile market conditions. During such conditions, management 
would perform impairment testing more frequently than annually to ensure that the assumptions applied are still valid in the current 
market conditions.

•  Discount rate – Management also apply judgement in determining the discount rate used to discount future expected cash flows.  

The discount rate is derived from the cost of capital for each CGU.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. There are currently two 
CGUs (2017: two) with goodwill attached; the core Arbuthnot Latham CGU (£1.7m) and RAF CGU (£3.5m). 

Management considers the value in use for both CGUs to be the discounted cash flows over 5 years with a terminal value (2017: 5 years 
with a terminal value). The 5 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate as the goodwill relates 
to an ongoing well established business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated by applying a 
discounted perpetual growth model to the profit expected in 2020 as per the approved 3 year plan. A growth rate of 8.9% (2017: 12.5%) 
was used for income and 6.9% (2017: 18%) for expenditure from 2018 to 2020 (these rates were the best estimate of future forecasted 
performance), while a 3% (2017: 3%) percent growth rate for income and expenditure (a more conservative approach was taken for 
latter years as these were not budgeted for in detail as per the three year plan approved by the Board of Directors) was used for cash 
flows after the approved three year plan. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113

Management considers the value in use for the RAF CGU to be the discounted cash flows over 5 years with a terminal value.  
The 5 year discounted cash flows with a terminal value are considered to be appropriate as the goodwill relates to an ongoing, well 
established, business and not underlying assets with finite lives. The terminal value is calculated by applying a discounted perpetual 
growth model to the profit expected in 2022 as per the approved budget. A growth rate of 3% (2017: 5%) was used (this rate was  
the best estimate of future forecasted performance).

The growth rates used are above the forecast UK growth rate of 1.3% to reflect the Bank’s current growth strategy enabled by capital 
available at parent level.

Cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 12% (2017: 12%) to their net present value. The discount rate of 12% is considered  
to be appropriate after evaluating current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the assets or CGUs. 

Currently, the value in use and fair value less costs to sell of both CGUs exceed the carrying values of the associated goodwill and as  
a result no sensitivity analysis was performed. 

Company

Cost
Additions

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2017
Amortisation charge

At 31 December 2018

Net book amount

At 31 December 2018

Computer 
software
£000

7 

7 

– 
(1)

(1)

6 

29. Acquisition of Renaissance Asset Finance Ltd

On 28 April 2017, Arbuthnot Latham & Co. Ltd completed the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of Renaissance Asset Finance 
Limited (“RAF”) from its founders following receipt of regulatory approval. 

RAF is a provider of finance for a range of specialist assets which includes vintage and expensive cars and SME business assets.  
The acquisition supported ALs strategy to diversify its proposition within the specialist financial services sector.

The consideration will be paid in four staged amounts, all of which will be in cash. The first payment was equal to the net assets at 
completion of £2.1m. The remaining three payments are performance related and will be based on the profits of RAF in each of the 
three calendar years 2018 to 2020. The maximum amount payable for the performance based payments is limited to £6.5m. AL has 
also provided an intercompany loan to RAF at completion of £57m to re-finance RAF’s existing finance liabilities. The consideration 
and the refinancing of RAF’s funding liabilities have been satisfied from the Group’s current cash resources.

The assets acquired and resulting goodwill on acquisition are set out in the table below. The fair value of intangibles acquired include 
£0.4m relating to customer relationships, £1.5m relating to broker relationships and £0.4m for the brand. The resultant goodwill 
represented the assembled specialist workforce, established process and control environment, cross selling opportunities between the 
two companies and the opportunity cost of a fully operational company within the sector.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
114

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

29. Acquisition of Renaissance Asset Finance Ltd (continued)

Acquired assets/
liabilities
£000

Fair value
adjustments
£000

Recognised values 
on acquisition
£000

Loans and advances to banks
Loans and advances to customers
Other asset
Deferred tax assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment

Total assets

Deposits from banks
Current tax liability
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Net identifiable assets

Consideration

Goodwill

30. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2017
Additions
On acquisition – RAF (see Note 29)
Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Additions
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

At 1 January 2017
Depreciation charge
On acquisition – RAF (see Note 29)
Disposals

At 31 December 2017

Depreciation charge
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Net book amount

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2018

2,815
57,684
1,341
5
– 
23

61,868

58,969
195
632

59,796

2,072

– 
– 
– 
– 
2,348
– 

2,348

– 
– 
– 

– 

2,348

Freehold land  
and buildings 
£000

Leasehold
improvements
£000

Computer and  
other equipment 
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
 £000

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,587
408
20
 – 

5,015

1,764
 – 

6,779

(1,217)
(944)
(16)
 – 

(2,177)

(823)
 – 

(3,000)

2,838

3,779

2,741
258
52
(10)

3,041

627
 – 

3,668

(1,380)
(540)
(33)
10

(1,943)

(276)
 – 

(2,219)

1,098

1,449

97
 – 
 – 
 – 

97

91
(97)

91

(46)
(25)
 – 
 – 

(71)

(23)
79

(15)

26

76

2,815
57,684
1,341
5
2,348
23

64,216

58,969
195
632

59,796

4,420

7,940

3,520

Total
£000

7,425
666
72
(10)

8,153

2,482
(97)

10,538

(2,643)
(1,509)
(49)
10

(4,191)

(1,122)
79

(5,234)

3,962

5,304

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115

Included within the depreciation charge for the year is £nil (2017: £78k) of additional depreciation in relation to the early termination 
of a property lease.

Company

Cost or valuation
At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017

Additions
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2017
Depreciation charge

At 31 December 2017

Depreciation charge
Disposals

At 31 December 2018

Net book amount

At 31 December 2017

At 31 December 2018

31. Investment property

Group

Opening balance
Additions
Transfer
Fair value adjustment

At 31 December 2018

Computer and
other equipment
£000

Motor 
Vehicles
£000

214

214

3
– 

217

(82)
(2)

(84)

(1)
– 

(85)

130

132

97

97

91
(97)

91

(46)
(24)

(70)

(24)
79

(15)

27

76

2018
£000

59,439
879
6,763
 – 

67,081

Total
£000

311

311

94
(97)

308

(128)
(26)

(154)

(25)
79

(100)

157

208

2017
£000

53,339
6,421
 – 
(321)

59,439

£0.9m of additions in 2018 relate to development costs of the St Philips Place property. No property interests are held under operating 
leases and accounted for as investment property.

King Street London
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited acquired premises in the West End of London (namely 20 King Street/10 St James’s Street)  
on 23 June 2016. The property comprises 22,450 square feet of office space and approximately 7,000 square feet of retail space.  
The property is held by way of leasehold from The Crown Estate Commissioners that expires in 2136 and with a rent review every  
five years. 

The property is currently fully tenanted, with the main lease ending in 2019. It is accounted for as investment property and the Group 
has elected to apply the fair value model. It was therefore initially recognised at cost and then subsequently at fair value. The fair value  
is determined using the rental income on the property and the associated effective yield of similar properties in the surrounding area 
(see Note 4.1(d)). At 31 December 2018 there was no material difference between the cost of the property and the fair value. 
Independent market commentary of the prime London property market was undertaken at year end to support the valuation.

The Group received £2.1m (2017: £2.1m) rental income during the year and incurred £0.2m (2017: £0.2m) of direct operating 
expenses. 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

31. Investment property (continued)

St Philips Place Birmingham
On 24 November 2017, Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited acquired leasehold premises in Birmingham (St Philips House, 4 St Philips 
Place). The property comprises 24,286 square feet of office space. 

The property is unoccupied and is currently undergoing comprehensive refurbishment at an estimated cost of £3.2m. After refurbishment 
the property will be let out. It is accounted for as investment property and the Group has elected to apply the fair value model. It was 
therefore initially recognised at cost and then subsequently at fair value (see Note 4.1(c)).

A development appraisal has been completed by estimating the gross development value and deducting the estimated costs to complete 
the refurbishment, arm’s length financing costs and development profit margin.

Crescent Office Park, Bath
In November 2017, a Property Fund, based in Jersey and owned by the Group, acquired a freehold office building in Bath. The property 
comprises 25,526 square ft. over ground and two upper floors with parking spaces. The property was acquired for £6.35m. On the date 
of acquisition, the property was being multi-let to tenants and was at full capacity. 

In 2017, the Fund was recognised as an asset held for sale under IFRS 5 and therefore not consolidated in the financial statements.  
At 31 December 2018 it was consolidated into the Group as it no longer met the IFRS 5 criteria and is recognised as an investment 
property. The Group has elected to apply the fair value model (see Note 4.1(c)). 

The Group recognised £0.5m rental income during the year and incurred £0.5m of operating expenses.

32. Deposits from banks

Group

Deposits from other banks

2018
£000

2017
£000

232,675 

195,097 

Deposits from banks include £225m (2017: £188m) obtained through the Bank of England Term Funding Scheme (“TFS”). For a 
maturity profile of deposits from banks, refer to Note 6.

33. Deposits from customers

Group

Current/demand accounts
Notice accounts
Term deposits

2018
£000

944,564 
75,879 
693,843 

2017
£000

868,855 
101,909 
420,017 

1,714,286 

1,390,781 

Included in customer accounts are deposits of £24.5m (2017: £29.2m) held as collateral for loans and advances. The fair value of these 
deposits approximates their carrying value.

For a maturity profile of deposits from customers, refer to Note 6.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
34. Other liabilities

Group

Trade payables
Accruals and deferred income

117

2018
£000

1,782 
16,767 

18,549 

2017
£000

1,207 
15,032 

16,239 

Financial Services Compensation Scheme Levy
In common with all regulated UK deposit takers, AL pays levies to the Financial Services Compensation Scheme (“FSCS”) to enable 
the FSCS to meet claims against the Scheme. The FSCS levy consists of two parts: a management expenses levy and a more significant 
compensation levy. The management expenses levy covers the costs of running the scheme and the compensation levy covers the 
amount of compensation and associated interest the Scheme pays, net of any recoveries it makes using the rights that have been 
assigned to it. 

The Group’s FSCS provision reflects market participation up to the reporting date and the accrual of £nil (2017: £0.2m) relates to the 
interest levy for the Scheme year 2019/20 which was paid in 2018. This amount was calculated on the basis of the Group’s share of 
protected deposits and the FSCS’s estimate of total interest levies payable for each Scheme year. 

Company

Due to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income

35. Debt securities in issue

Group and Company

Subordinated loan notes

2018
£000

1,838 
1,486 

3,324 

2018
£000

2017
£000

1,840 
1,301 

3,141 

2017
£000

13,283 

13,104 

The subordinated loan notes were issued on 7 November 2005 and are denominated in Euros. The principal amount outstanding at 
31 December 2018 was €15,000,000 (2017: €15,000,000). The notes carry interest at 3% over the interbank rate for three month 
deposits in euros and are repayable at par in August 2035 unless redeemed or repurchased earlier by the Company.

The contractual undiscounted amount that will be required to be paid at maturity of the above debt securities is €15,000,000.

Given the fact that the Group has never been subject to a published credit rating by any of the relevant agencies and the notes in issue 
are not quoted, it is not considered possible to estimate a fair value for these notes.

36. Contingent liabilities and commitments

Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to extensive regulation in the conduct of its business. A failure to comply with applicable regulations could result 
in regulatory investigations, fines and restrictions on some of the Group’s business activities or other sanctions. The Group seeks to 
minimise this risk through the adoption and compliance with policies and procedures, continuing to refine controls over business 
practices and behaviour, employee training, the use of appropriate documentation, and the involvement of outside legal counsel  
where appropriate.

Capital commitments 
At 31 December 2018, the Group had capital commitments of US$0.7m (2017: £nil) in respect of a contribution in an equity investment.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
118

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

36. Contingent liabilities and commitments (continued)

Credit commitments
The contractual amounts of the Group’s off-balance sheet financial instruments that commit it to extend credit to customers are  
as follows:

Group

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities
Commitments to extend credit:
– Original term to maturity of one year or less

2018
£000

1,744 

67,880 

69,624 

2017
£000

2,976 

131,963 

134,939 

Operating lease commitments
Where a Group company is the lessee, the future aggregate lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

Group

Expiring:
Within 1 year
Later than 1 year and no later than 5 years
Later than 5 years

2018
£000

2,129 
10,787 
2,661 

15,577 

2017
£000

2,330 
10,943 
5,384 

18,657 

In 2013, Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd entered into a 16 year lease on 7 Wilson Street, London (the head office for Arbuthnot 
Banking Group PLC and the principal location for Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd), with a break at 11 years and rent reviews after  
5, 10 and 15 years. The initial rent is £1.75m per annum. This lease forms the most significant part of the operating leases disclosed  
in the table above.

In 2015, the Bank entered into a 10 year lease to occupy part of the ground floor of The Senate, Southernhay Gardens, Exeter, with  
a break clause and rent review after 5 years. The initial rent is £0.1m per annum.

In 2017, the Bank entered into a 10 year lease to occupy part of the eighth floor of 82 King Street, Manchester, with a break clause  
and rent review after 5 years. The initial rent is £0.1m per annum.

On 3 January 2018, Arbuthnot Latham entered into a 12 year lease (up to 16 October 2029) to occupy the first, second and third floor 
of 10 Dominion Street London, with a break clause on 16 October 2024. The initial rent is £0.7m per annum. 

In addition to the above commitments, ground rent of £0.2m per annum is payable for the remaining term of 118 years of the King 
Street investment property.

37. Share capital

Group and Company

At 1 January 2017

At 31 December 2017 & December 2018

Number of 
shares

15,279,322 

15,279,322 

Ordinary 
share capital
£000 

153 

153 

Share 
premium
£000

 – 

– 

The Ordinary shares have a par value of 1p per share (2017: 1p per share). At 31 December 2018 the Company held 390,274 shares 
(2017: 390,274) in treasury.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
119

2018
£000

20 
(12,169)
(1,131)
209,083 

195,803 

2017
£000

20 
162 
(1,131)
237,171 

236,222 

38. Reserves and retained earnings

Group

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve/Available-for-sale reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves at 31 December

The capital redemption reserve represents a reserve created after the Company purchased its own shares which resulted in a reduction 
of share capital.

Company

Capital redemption reserve
Fair value reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Total reserves as 31 December

39. Share-based payment options

2018
£000

20 
(7,022)
(1,131)
162,729 

154,596 

2017
£000

20 
 – 
(1,131)
124,659 

123,548 

Company – cash settled
On 14 June 2016 Mr. Salmon was granted phantom options pursuant to the Phantom Option Scheme to acquire 200,000 ordinary  
1p shares in the Company at 1591p exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in respect of the remaining 50%  
on or after 15 June 2021 when a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in value. On 14 June 2016 Mr. Cobb and 
Mr. Henderson were each granted phantom options pursuant to the Phantom Option Scheme to acquire 100,000 ordinary 1p shares  
in the Company at 1591p exercisable in respect of 50% on or after 15 June 2019 and in respect of the remaining 50% on or after 
15 June 2021 when a cash payment would be made equal to any increase in market value. The fair value of the options at grant date 
was £1.3m. At 31 December 2018, the fair value of the options was £0.1m (2017: £0.8m).

The performance conditions of the Scheme are that for the duration of the vesting period, the dividends paid by ABG must have 
increased in percentage terms when compared to an assumed dividend of 29p per share in respect of the financial year ending 
31 December 2016, by a minimum of the increase in the Retail Prices Index during that period.

Also from the grant date to the date the Option is exercised, there must be no public criticism by any regulatory authority on the 
operation of ABG or any of its subsidiaries which has a material impact on the business of ABG.

Options are forfeited if they remain unexercised after a period of more than 7 years from the date of grant. If the participant ceases to 
be employed by the Group by reason of injury, disability, ill-health or redundancy; or because his employing company ceases to be a 
shareholder of the Group; or because his employing business is being transferred out of the Group, his option may be exercised within 
6 months after such cessation. In the event of the death of a participant, the personal representatives of a participant may exercise an 
option, to the extent exercisable at the date of death, within 6 months after the death of the participant.

On cessation of employment for any other reason (or when a participant serves, or has been served with, notice of termination of such 
employment), the option will lapse although the Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow the exercise of the option for a 
period not exceeding 6 months from the date of such cessation. 

In such circumstances, the performance conditions may be modified or waived as the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and 
reasonably and taking due consideration of the circumstances, thinks fit. The number of Ordinary Shares which can be acquired on 
exercise will be pro-rated on a time elapsed basis, unless the Remuneration Committee, acting fairly and reasonably and taking due 
consideration of the circumstances, decides otherwise. In determining whether to exercise its discretion in these respects, the 
Remuneration Committee must satisfy itself that the early exercise of an option does not constitute a reward for failure.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018120

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

39. Share-based payment options (continued)

The probability of payout has been assigned based on the likelihood of meeting the performance criteria, which is 100%.  
The Directors consider that there is some uncertainty surrounding whether the participants will all still be in situ and eligible at the 
vesting date. Therefore the directors have assumed a 9% attrition rate for the share options vesting in June 2019 and 15% attrition 
rate for the share options vesting in June 2021. The attrition rate will increase by 3% per year until the vesting date. ABG had a  
write back of £0.3m in relation to share based payments during 2018 (2017: £0.2m expense), as disclosed in Note 12.

Measurement inputs and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model are as follows:

Expected Stock Price Volatility
Expected Dividend Yield
Risk Free Interest Rate
Average Expected Life (in years)

40. Dividends per share

2018

19.8%
3.6%
0.8%
1.46

2017

27.0%
2.5%
0.5%
2.46

Final dividends are not accounted for until they have been approved at the Annual General Meeting. At the meeting on 9 May 2019,  
a dividend in respect of 2018 of 20p per share (2017: actual dividend 19p per share) amounting to a total of £2.98m (2017: actual 
£2.83m) is to be proposed. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018 do not reflect the final dividend which will 
be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2019.

41. Cash and cash equivalents

For the purposes of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents are comprised of the following balances with less than 
three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition.

Group

Cash and balances at central banks (Note 17)
Loans and advances to banks (Note 18)

Company

Loans and advances to banks

2018
£000

405,325 
54,173 

459,498 

2018
£000

2017
£000

313,101 
70,679 

383,780 

2017
£000

17,008 

36,103 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
121

42. Related party transactions

Related parties of the Company and Group include subsidiaries, directors, Key Management Personnel, close family members of  
Key Management Personnel and entities which are controlled, jointly controlled or significantly influenced, or for which significant 
voting power is held, by Key Management Personnel or their close family members.

Other than the directors’ remuneration (see Remuneration Report pages 31 to 32), payment of dividends and transactions with 
subsidiaries and associates, there were no related party transactions within the Parent Company. A number of banking transactions  
are entered into with related parties in the normal course of business on normal commercial terms. These include loans and deposits. 
Except for the directors’ disclosures, there were no other Key Management Personnel disclosures; therefore the tables below relate  
to directors and their close family members.

Group – subsidiaries

Loans
Loans outstanding at 1 January
Loans advanced during the year
Loan repayments during the year
Transfer to deposits during the year
Transferred to loans with associates
Loans outstanding at 31 December

Interest income earned

Group – associates

Loans
Loans outstanding at 1 January
Loans advanced during the year
Loan repayments during the year
Transferred from loans with subsidiaries
Loans outstanding at 31 December

Interest income earned

2018
£000

508 
126 
(2)
(117)
 – 
515 

15 

2018
£000

1,409 
 – 
(1,409)
 – 
 – 

 – 

2017
£000

1,361 
150 
(3)
 –
(1,000)
508 

23 

2017
£000

404 
5 
 – 
1,000 
1,409 

5 

The loans to directors are mainly secured on property, shares or cash and bear interest at rates linked to base rate. No provisions have 
been recognised in respect of loans given to related parties (2017: £nil). 

Group – subsidiaries

Deposits
Deposits at 1 January
Deposits placed during the year
Deposits repaid during the year
Transfer to loans during the year
Transferred to deposits with associates
Deposits at 31 December

Interest expense on deposits

2018
£000

3,233 
3,390 
(4,622)
(117)
 –
1,884 

7 

2017
£000

3,398 
3,563 
(2,728)
 –
(1,000)
3,233 

46 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
122

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

42. Related party transactions (continued)

Group – associates

Deposits
Deposits at 1 January
Deposits placed during the year
Deposits repaid during the year
Transferred from deposits with subsidiaries
Deposits at 31 December

Interest expense on deposits

2018
£000

1,403 
 – 
(1,403)
 – 
 – 

 – 

2017
£000

318 
85 
 – 
1,000 
1,403 

5 

Details of directors’ remuneration are given in the Remuneration Report. The Directors do not believe that there were any other 
transactions with key management or their close family members that require disclosure.

Details of principal subsidiaries are given in Note 43. Transactions and balances with subsidiaries are shown below:

ASSETS
Due from subsidiary undertakings
Shares in subsidiary undertakings

LIABILITIES
Due to subsidiary undertakings

 2018

 2017

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at
31 December
£000

Highest balance 
during the year
£000

Balance at 
31 December
£000

35,483
134,614

170,097

2,097

2,097

17,002
134,614

151,616

1,566

1,566

89,150
97,802

186,952

4,011

4,011

36,256
97,802

134,058

1,570

1,570

The disclosure of the year end balance and the highest balance during the year is considered the most meaningful information to 
represent the transactions during the year. The above transactions arose during the normal course of business and are on substantially 
the same terms as for comparable transactions with third parties.

The Company undertook the following transactions with other companies in the Group during the year:

Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd – Recharge of property and IT costs
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd – Recharge for costs paid on the Company’s behalf
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd – Group recharges for shared services
Secure Trust Bank PLC (from 16 June 2016 to 8 August 2018 as associate) – Group recharges 
for shared services
Secure Trust Bank PLC (from 16 June 2016 to 8 August 2018 as associate) – Dividends received

Total

2018
£000

930
1,520
(1,200)

(751)
(2,101)

(1,602)

2017
£000

1,087
1,501
(1,483)

(813)
(2,618)

(2,326)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43. Interests in subsidiaries

Company

At 1 January 2017
Capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited

At 31 December 2017

Capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited

At 31 December 2018

Company

Subsidiary undertakings:
Bank
Other

Total

Investment 
at cost
£000

Impairment 
provisions
£000

57,166
43,200

100,366

36,812

137,178

(2,564)
– 

(2,564)

– 

(2,564)

2018
£000

132,314 
2,300 

134,614 

123

Net
£000

54,602
43,200

97,802

36,812

134,614

2017
£000

95,502 
2,300 

97,802 

(a) List of subsidiaries
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited is the only significant subsidiary of Arbuthnot Banking Group. Arbuthnot Latham is incorporated 
in the United Kingdom, has a principal activity of Private and Commercial Banking and is 100% owned by the Group.

The table below provides details of other subsidiaries of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC at 31 December:

% shareholding

Country of 
incorporation

Principal activity

Direct shareholding
Arbuthnot Fund Managers Limited
Arbuthnot Investments Limited
Arbuthnot Limited
Arbuthnot Properties Limited
Arbuthnot Unit Trust Management Limited
Gilliat Financial Solutions Limited
Peoples Trust and Savings Plc
West Yorkshire Insurance Company Limited
Windward Insurance Company PCC Limited

Indirect shareholding via intermediate holding companies
Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
Arbuthnot Latham (Nominees) Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdco Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate Holdings Limited
Arbuthnot Latham Real Estate PropCo Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital GP 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Real Estate Capital Fund 1 Limited
Arbuthnot Securities Limited
Arbuthnot Specialist Finance Limited
Artillery Nominees Limited (dissolved 16 January 2018)
John K Gilliat & Co., Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Pinnacle Universal Limited
Renaissance Asset Finance Limited

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
Guernsey

UK
UK
Jersey
UK
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
Jersey
UK
UK
UK
UK
BVI
UK
UK

Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Non-trading
Insurance

Asset Finance
Dormant
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Property Development
Dormant
Asset Finance

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
124

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

43. Interests in subsidiaries (continued)

All the subsidiary and related undertakings above are unlisted and none are banking institutions. All entities are included in the 
consolidated financial statements and have an accounting reference date of 31 December. On 16 January 2018, Artillery Nominees 
Limited was dissolved.

All Jersey entities have their registered office as 26 New Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE2 3RA. Pinnacle Universal Limited’s (BVI) registered 
office is 9 Columbus Centre, Pelican Drive, Road Town, Tortola, BVI. All other entities listed above have their registered office as 
7 Wilson Street, London, EC2M 2SN.

(b) Non-controlling interests in subsidiaries
There were no non-controlling interests at the end of 2017 or 2018.

(c) Significant restrictions
The Group does not have significant restrictions on its ability to access or use its assets and settle its liabilities other than those 
resulting from the supervisory frameworks within which banking subsidiaries operate. The supervisory frameworks require banking 
subsidiaries to keep certain levels of regulatory capital and liquid assets, limit their exposure to other parts of the Group and comply 
with other ratios. The carrying amounts of the banking subsidiary’s assets and liabilities are £2,171m and £1,994m respectively  
(2017: £1,784m and £1,651m respectively).

(d) Risks associated with interests
During the year Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC made £36.8m (2017: £43.2m) capital contributions to Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd. 
The contributions were made to assist the Bank during a period of growth to ensure that all regulatory capital requirements were met. 

44. Operating segments

The Group is organised into six operating segments as disclosed below:

1)  Private Banking – Provides traditional private banking services as well as offering financial planning and investment management 

services. This segment includes Dubai and the Tay mortgage portfolio.

2)  Commercial Banking – Provides bespoke commercial banking services and tailored secured lending against property investments 

and other assets.

3)  RAF – Specialist asset finance lender mainly in high value cars but also business assets.

4)  All Other Divisions – All other smaller divisions and central costs in Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Ltd (Arbuthnot Commercial 
Asset-Based Lending, Arbuthnot Direct, Arbuthnot Specialist Finance, Investment properties and Central unallocated items).

5)  Group Centre – ABG Group Centre management.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018125

44. Operating segments (continued)

Transactions between the operating segments are on normal commercial terms. Centrally incurred expenses are charged to operating 
segments on an appropriate pro-rata basis. Segment assets and liabilities comprise loans and advances to customers and customer 
deposits, being the majority of the balance sheet.

Continuing operations

Year ended 31 December 2018

Interest revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Interest revenue from external customers

Fee and commission income

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial
Banking
£000

38,185 

18,889 

 – 

38,185 

11,550 

 – 

18,889 

1,036 

Revenue from external customers

49,735 

19,925 

RAF
£000

7,536 

 – 

7,536 

151 

7,687 

680 

 – 

680 

219 

899 

Interest expense

(4,422)

(2,505)

(2,192)

(517)

All Other
Divisions
£000

Group 
Centre
£000

Add back inter-segment revenue

Subordinated loan note interest

Fee and commission expense

Segment operating income

Impairment losses

Other income

Operating expenses

Segment profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax (expense)/income

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

Loss from discontinued operations

 – 

 – 

(56)

45,257 

(1,966)

2 

 – 

 – 

(122)

17,298 

(278)

 – 

(37,492)

(14,534)

5,801 

 – 

5,801 

 – 

2,486 

 – 

2,486 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(14)

5,481 

(437)

73 

(3,169)

1,948 

(431)

 – 

 – 

(42)

340 

(50)

6,683 

(2,634)

4,339 

35 

Discontinued
Operations

Retail 
Bank
Associate
Income
£000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Group
Total
£000

65,378 

(88)

65,290 

12,956 

78,246 

(9,835)

88 

(360)

(234)

67,905 

(2,731)

6,588 

(64,982)

6,780 

(1,121)

5,659 

Total
£000

65,378 

(88)

65,290 

12,956 

78,246 

(9,835)

88 

(360)

(234)

67,905 

(2,731)

6,588 

(64,982)

6,780 

(1,121)

88 

(88)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(199)

88 

(360)

 – 

(471)

 – 

(170)

(7,153)

(7,794)

(725)

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

5,801 

2,486 

1,517 

4,374 

(8,519)

5,659 

(25,692)

(20,033)

Loans and advances to customers

670,464 

443,108 

85,958 

36,626 

(11,500)

1,224,656 

1,517 

4,374 

(8,519)

5,659 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(25,692)

(25,692)

Other assets

Segment total assets

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

 – 

 – 

 – 

936,370 

14,147 

950,517 

670,464 

443,108 

85,958 

972,996 

2,647 

2,175,173 

1,041,208 

566,748 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –
 –

136,092 

251,437 

(29,762)

1,714,286 

13,494 

264,931 

387,529 

(16,268)

1,979,217 

(4,075)
(2,848)

(101)
(26)

(4,776)
(2,873)

Segment total liabilities

1,041,208 

566,748 

Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

 –
 –

 –
 –

The “Group Centre” segment above includes the parent entity and all intercompany eliminations.

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 –
 –

1,224,656 

950,517 

2,175,173 

1,714,286 

264,931 

1,979,217 

(4,776)
(2,873)

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126

Notes to the Consolidated  
Financial Statements continued

44. Operating segments (continued)

Year ended 31 December 2017

Interest revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Interest revenue from external customers

Fee and commission income

Continuing operations

Private 
Banking
£000

Commercial
Banking
£000

RAF
£000

All Other
Divisions
£000

36,179 

7,228 

4,194 

(174)

36,005 

13,104 

 – 

7,228 

621 

 – 

4,194 

80 

Revenue from external customers

49,109 

7,849 

4,274 

Interest expense

Add back inter-segment revenue

Subordinated loan note interest

Fee and commission expense

Segment operating income

Impairment losses

Other income

Operating expenses

Segment profit/(loss) before tax

Income tax (expense)/income

(4,651)

(508)

(1,040)

174 

 – 

(127)

44,505 

(308)

 – 

(36,268)

7,929 

 – 

 – 

 – 

(150)

7,191 

 – 

 – 

(9,254)

(2,063)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(5)

3,229 

(86)

 – 

(1,690)

1,453 

(303)

Group 
Centre
£000

204 

(204)

 – 

 – 

 – 

(153)

204 

(360)

 – 

Total
£000

47,805 

(378)

47,427 

13,805 

61,232 

(6,352)

378 

(360)

(282)

(309)

54,616 

 – 

(837)

(7,279)

(8,425)

92 

(394)

3,033 

(54,721)

2,534 

(448)

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

3,870 

(230)

3,640 

(237)

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

7,929 

(2,063)

1,150 

3,403 

(8,333)

2,086 

Profit from discontinued operations

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

Segment profit/(loss) after tax

7,929 

(2,063)

1,150 

3,403 

(8,333)

2,086 

Loans and advances to customers

650,245 

305,055 

71,265 

34,204 

(11,500) 1,049,269 

Other assets

Segment total assets

Customer deposits

Other liabilities

Segment total liabilities
Other segment items:
Capital expenditure
Depreciation and amortisation

 – 

 – 

 – 

721,502 

82,461 

803,963 

650,245 

305,055 

71,265 

755,706 

70,961  1,853,232 

954,577 

308,341 

 – 

 – 

954,577 

308,341 

 – 
 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

176,886 

(49,023) 1,390,781 

210,680 

15,396 

226,076 

387,566 

(33,627) 1,616,857 

 –  1,616,857 

(3,307)
(2,354)

 – 
(26)

(3,307)
(2,380)

 – 
 – 

(3,307)
(2,380)

Segment profit is shown prior to any intra-group eliminations.

Prior year numbers have been represented according to the 2018 operating segments reported to management. The UK private bank 
has a branch in Dubai, which generated £4.4m (2017: £4.5m) fee income and had operating costs of £2.9m (2017: £2.7m). All Dubai 
branch income is booked in the UK. Other than the Dubai branch, all operations of the Group are conducted wholly within the United 
Kingdom and geographical information is therefore not presented.

Discontinued
Operations

Retail 
Bank
Associate
Income
£000

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

 – 

4,437 

4,437 

Group
Total
£000

47,805 

(378)

47,427 

13,805 

61,232 

(6,352)

378 

(360)

(282)

54,616 

(394)

3,033 

(54,721)

2,534 

(448)

2,086 

4,437 

6,523 

 –  1,049,269 

 – 

803,963 

 –  1,853,232 

 –  1,390,781 

 – 

226,076 

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
127

45. Country by Country Reporting

Article 89 of the EU Directive 2013/36/EU otherwise known as the Capital Requirements Directive IV (‘CRD IV’) was implemented  
into UK domestic legislation through statutory instrument 2013 No. 3118, the Capital Requirements (Country-by-Country Reporting) 
Regulations 2013 (the Regulations), which were laid before the UK Parliament on 10 December 2013 and which came into force on 
1 January 2014.

Article 89 requires credit institutions and investment firms in the EU to disclose annually, specifying, by Member State and by third 
country in which it has an establishment, the following information on a consolidated basis for the financial year: name, nature of 
activities, geographical location, turnover, number of employees, profit or loss before tax, tax on profit or loss and public  
subsidies received.

31 December 2018

Location 

UK
Dubai

31 December 2017

Location 

UK
Dubai

Turnover
(£m)

Number FTE
employees

 67.9
– 

 423
 14

Turnover
(£m)

Number FTE
employees

 54.6
 – 

 350
 16

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  
(£m)

 9.7
(2.9)

Profit/(loss)  
before tax  
(£m)

 9.8
(2.7)

Tax paid
(£m)

1.2
 – 

Tax paid
(£m)

 – 
 – 

The Dubai branch income is booked through the UK, hence the turnover is nil in the above analysis. Offsetting this income against Dubai 
branch costs would result in a £1.6m profit (2017: £1.8m). After indirect cost allocation it results in a loss of £0.8m (2017: loss of 
£0.5m). No public subsidies were received during 2018. 

46. Ultimate controlling party

The Company regards Sir Henry Angest, the Group Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who has a beneficial interest in 56.1% of 
the issued share capital of the Company, as the ultimate controlling party. Details of his remuneration are given in the Remuneration 
Report and Note 42 of the consolidated financial statements includes related party transactions with Sir Henry Angest.

47. Events after the balance sheet date

There were no material post balance sheet events to report.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018128

Five Year  
Summary 

Profit/(loss) for the year after tax
(Loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations*
Total Earnings per share

2014
£000

17,016 
(3,824)

2015
£000

26,524 
(2,606)

2016
£000

227,569 
(1,966)

2017
£000

6,523 
2,534 

2018
£000

(20,033)
6,780 

Basic (p)

58.6

86.3

1,127.2

43.9

(134.5)

Earnings per share from continuing operations*

Basic (p) 

Dividends per share (p) – ordinary
Dividends per share (p) – special

Other KPI:

(24.8)
27.0
 – 

2014
£000

(16.9)
29.0
 – 

2015
£000

(18.2)
31.0
325.0

2016
£000

14.0
33.0
 – 

2017
£000

38.0
35.0
 – 

2018
£000

Net asset value per share (p)

1,136.0

1,252.7

1,533.8

1,547.0

1,282.5

* Prior year numbers have been restated for continuing operations.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notice of  
Annual General Meeting

129

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the thirty third Annual General Meeting (“Meeting”) of Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC  
(the Company) will be held at Arbuthnot House, 7 Wilson Street, London EC2M 2SN on Thursday, 9 May 2019 at 3pm for the 
following purposes:

Ordinary Business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:

1.  To receive and adopt the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018.

2.  To receive the report of the Remuneration Committee.

3.  To declare a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 December 2018 which the directors propose should be 20p per  

Ordinary Share, payable on 17 May 2019 to shareholders on the register of members at the close of business on 26 April 2019.

4.  To re-elect Sir Henry Angest as a Director who retires by rotation in accordance with Article 78 of the Articles of Association  

and offers himself for re-election.

5.  To re-elect Sir Christopher Meyer as a Director who retires by rotation in accordance with Article 78 of the Articles of Association 

and offers himself for re-election.

6.  To re-appoint KPMG LLP as Auditors of the Company.

7.  To authorise the Directors to determine the remuneration of the Auditors.

Special Business
To consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as ordinary resolutions:

8.  That, subject to the passing of resolutions 9 and 10, the directors be authorised to exercise the power contained in Article 5 of the 
Company’s Articles of Association at a time the directors deem appropriate, to create and issue a new class of shares of 1p each 
that shall rank pari passu in all respects (including, without limitation, the right to participate in any capitalisation of reserves and 
distributions and to receive notice of and attend a general meeting of the Company) with the existing Ordinary Shares save that 
they shall not entitle the holders thereof to vote at any general meeting of the Company or otherwise (“Ordinary Non-Voting 
Shares”).

9.  That subject to the passing of resolution 8, the Directors be and are hereby authorised to capitalise such sum as they determine 
standing to the credit of the capital redemption reserve of the Company but up to a maximum sum of £1,530 and to apply such 
capitalised sum to the holders of Ordinary Shares appearing in the register of members as at the close of business on 7 May 2019 
(and including any Ordinary Shares held by the Company as treasury shares at that date) and to pay up in full a maximum of 
153,000 Ordinary Non-Voting Shares and to allot and issue such new shares, credited as fully paid up, to those holders of 
Ordinary Shares and any unallotted fractions of shares shall be determined by the Directors as they shall think fit, and otherwise  
to do all acts and things required to give effect to this resolution.

10. That subject to the passing of resolutions 8 and 9, the directors be generally and unconditionally authorised in accordance with 
section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot a maximum of 153,000 Ordinary 
Non-Voting Shares credited as fully paid in such proportion and manner as they deem appropriate, such authority to apply until 
the conclusion of the Company’s next annual general meeting after this resolution is passed unless previously renewed, varied or 
revoked by the Company in general meeting but, in each case, so that the Company may make offers and enter into agreements 
before the authority expires which would, or might, require Ordinary Non-Voting Shares to be allotted or rights to subscribe for 
Ordinary Non-Voting Shares to be granted after the authority expires and the directors may allot shares or grant such rights under 
any such offer or agreement as if the authority had not expired. References in this resolution 10 to the nominal amount of rights to 
subscribe for Ordinary Non-Voting Shares are to the nominal amount of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares that may be allotted 
pursuant to the rights.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018130

Notice of  
Annual General Meeting continued

11. That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (as defined in section 

693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of Ordinary Shares provided that:

a.  the maximum number of Ordinary Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 1,488,000 (being approximately 10%  

of the issued share capital of the Company as at 25 March 2019);

b.  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be £0.01;

c. 

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Share shall be 5 per cent. above the average of 
the closing middle market price of the Ordinary Shares (as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List) for 
the 10 business days prior to the day the purchase is made;

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on 31 May 2020 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company unless such authority is renewed prior to such time; and

e. 

the Company may enter into contracts to purchase Ordinary Shares under the authority hereby conferred prior to the expiry 
of such authority, which contracts will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, and may make 
purchases of Ordinary Shares pursuant to any such contracts.

12. That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised to make market purchases (as defined in section 

693(4) of the Companies Act 2006) of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares provided that:

a.  the maximum number of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 15,300 (being 

approximately 10% of the maximum number of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares authorised to be issued pursuant to  
Resolutions 9, 10 and 11);

b.  the minimum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Non-Voting Share shall be £0.01;

c. 

the maximum price (excluding expenses) which may be paid for an Ordinary Non-Voting Share shall be 5 per cent. above  
the average of the closing middle market price of the Ordinary Non-Voting Shares (as derived from the share information 
published by the NEX Exchange Growth Market) for the 10 business days prior to the day the purchase is made;

d.  the authority hereby conferred shall expire on 31 May 2020 or, if earlier, on the conclusion of the next Annual General 

Meeting of the Company unless such authority is renewed prior to such time; and

e. 

the Company may enter into contracts to purchase Ordinary Non-Voting Shares under the authority hereby conferred prior  
to the expiry of such authority, which contracts will or may be executed wholly or partly after the expiry of such authority, 
and may make purchases of Ordinary Non-Voting Shares pursuant to any such contracts.

By order of the Board
N.D. Jennings 
Secretary 
5 April 2019

Registered Office 
Arbuthnot House 
7 Wilson Street 
London 
EC2M 2SN

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018131

NOTES:
1.  In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, the Company gives notice that only those 

shareholders entered on the relevant register of members (the Register) for certificated or uncertificated shares of the Company  
(as the case may be) at close of business on 7 May 2019 (“the Specified Time”) will be entitled to attend or vote at the Annual 
General Meeting in respect of the number of shares registered in their name at that time.  Changes to entries on the Register after 
the Specified Time will be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the Meeting.  Should the Meeting 
be adjourned to a time not more than 48 hours after the Specified Time, that time will also apply for the purpose of determining 
the entitlement of members to attend and vote (and for the purpose of determining the number of votes they may cast) at the 
adjourned Meeting.  Should the Meeting be adjourned for a longer period, then to be so entitled, members must be entered on  
the Register at the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for the adjourned Meeting, or, if the Company gives notice of the 
adjourned Meeting, at the time specified in the notice.

2.  Members who want to attend and vote should either attend in person or appoint a proxy or corporate representative to attend, 
speak and vote on his/her behalf.  A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Meeting provided that each 
proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares of the member, but must attend the meeting in 
person.  A proxy need not be a member.  A paper Form of Proxy is enclosed.  Please read carefully the instructions on how to 
complete the form.  Forms of Proxy, together with the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed or  
a notarially certified copy of such power of attorney or other authority, must be lodged with the Registrars or submitted not later 
than 48 hours before the time for which the Meeting is convened.  Completion of the appropriate Form of Proxy does not prevent 
a member from attending and voting in person if he/she is entitled to do so and so wishes.

3.  A corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise, on its behalf, all its  

powers as a member provided that no more than one corporate representative exercises power over the same share.

4.  As at 4 April 2019 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this Notice and excluding the 390,274 shares  

held in Treasury) the Company’s issued share capital consists of 14,889,048 Ordinary Shares carrying one vote each.

5.  There are no service contracts of Directors other than ones which may be terminated on up to 12 months’ notice at any time.  

Copies of these service agreements will be available for inspection at the registered office during usual business hours on any 
weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this notice until the date of the Meeting and at  
the place of the Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting.

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018132

Corporate Contacts  
and Advisers

Group Address and Registered Office

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN
T 020 7012 2400
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk
www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Corporate Contacts

London
Arbuthnot Latham & Co., Limited
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN
T 020 7012 2500
F 020 7012 2501
E banking@arbuthnot.co.uk
www.arbuthnotlatham.co.uk

Bristol
Third Floor
St Catherine’s Court
Berkeley Place
Clifton
Bristol BS8 1BQ
T 0117 440 9333

Exeter
The Senate
Ground Floor
Southernhay Gardens
Exeter
Devon EX1 1UG
T 01392 496061
F 01392 413638

Manchester
8th Floor
82 King Street
Manchester M2 4WQ
T 0161 413 0030

International
Dubai branch
PO Box 482007
Gate Precinct 4
Level 3
Office 308
Dubai International Financial Centre
Dubai
T +971 (4) 3770900

Renaissance Asset Finance Limited
3rd Floor
Phoenix Place
Christopher Martin Road
Basildon
Essex SS14 3GQ
T 01268 269500
F 01268 269550
E info@renaissanceaf.com
www.renaissanceaf.com

Arbuthnot Commercial Asset Based Lending Limited
The Beehive
City Place
Gatwick RH6 0PA
E ABL@arbuthnot.co.uk

Advisers

Auditor
KPMG LLP

Principal Bankers
Barclays Bank PLC
Lloyds Bank PLC

Joint Stockbroker
Numis Securities Limited

Joint Stockbroker and  
Nominated Adviser
Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited,  
trading as KBW

Registrars
Link Asset Services
The Registry
34 Beckenham Road
Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU

Arbuthnot Banking Group PLCReport & Accounts 2018Arbuthnot Banking Group PLC
Arbuthnot House
7 Wilson Street
London EC2M 2SN

T 020 7012 2400 
E info@arbuthnotgroup.co.uk

www.arbuthnotgroup.com

Registration No. 1954085